To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication (http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/). This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to https://www.textcreationpartnership.org/ for more information about the project.
Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,368 texts created during Phase 1 of the project (2000-2009), initially available only to institutions that contributed to their creation, were released into the public domain on 1 January 2015. The approximately 40,000 texts produced during Phase 2 (2009- ), of which 34,963 had been released as of 2020, originally similarly restricted, were similarly freed from all restrictions on 1 August 2020. As of that date anyone is free to take and use these texts for any purpose (modify them, annotate them, distribute them, etc.). But we do respectfully request that due credit and attribution be given to their original source.
Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
Keying and markup guidelines are available at the Text Creation Partnership web site.
A Scripture-Line OF TIME, Drawn in Brief From the Lapſed Creation, to the Reſtitu
Diſcours'd at large, upon the 2300 Ev. Morn. Dan. 8. 14. And their Collateral Lines, From CYR ƲS, to the
By T Beverley.
Bleſſed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the 1335 Dayes, viz. the Last of the 2300.Dan. 12. 12.
We are not of the, the Apoſtaſie to Perdition, but of the 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 , the Apoſtolick Faith, to the ſaving of the Soul. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 Heb. 10. 39.
Printed according to a Calendar, 1684.
THE Errors in this Impreſſion are either ſmall by change of a Letter, miſpointings, ſomer. 2300. l. 4. before the end, for as r. was. p. 12. l. 23. for ſhape r. ſcope. p. 20. l. 17. for Revelational r. Revelation. p. 36. l. 13. before the end, for 2302. r. 2300. p. 63. l. 23. for Kingdoms r. Kingdom. p. 66. 16. blot of p. 82. l. 28. blot was.
At p. 66. of the ſecond part, ſome more noted Errata's are mark'd, which the Reader is de
IN the Title, for XXII. r. XVI. Sections. p. 39. l. 11. before the end, for 626. r. 622. p. 46. l. 11. after hundred blot the Comma. p. 47. l. 25. for ſufferings r. ſufferers. p. 58. l. 1. blot all of them. p. 103. l. 12. after Tribunes blot of the People. p. 110. l. 6. after Head blot Com. p. 11. l. 16. after by, blot him. p. 127. at l. 13. Marg. Argument 2. p. 128: at l. 7. MarArgument 3. p. 135. l. 16. r. Surd p. 146. l. 23. r. Tempt one. p. 151. l. 3. r. Grandiloquence. p. 163. l. 11. remove the Colon after (Smyrna) to after (camein) p. 175. l. 20. blot the Figures after (with) In the Preface, p. 4. l. 10. after Diſcourſes r. without. p. 4. l. 11. after compar'd, r.
THE Scripture Line of Time, which I affirm, is that, which riſes from the excellent State of All Things at Creation; when followed an immediate Deordination, flowing from the Apoſtaſie and Fall of Man through the Serpents Temptation; But by the interpoſal of the
This Line of Time I then avow, is drawn from that former Sabbath of the
At what I have aim'd, and for what end in the calculation of this Line, I have prepared a full Diſcourſe, may be ſeen by the Calendar annexed to this Preface, what I have perform'd may be ſeen hereafter, if God permit the Publication of that Preparation upon the whole Line. At this Time I have only preſented my Endeavours upon that grand Prophetick Line of Daniels 2300 Evenings Mornings, which is by the admirable contrivance of the Divine Wiſdom given firſt entire, and ſo preſerv'd, as not to be under any ſuch Prejudice from the forCopies, as the Ages of the Patriarks are; and then the parcel or collateral Lines either in number'd Numbers, or as I hope, will appear on very good Proof, riſe exactly adequate to the 2300; ſo that the whole, and the Parts demonſtrate, and aſſure one another; beſides I vouch thoſe undoubted, and indiſputable Lines, delineated in the
And that very Charactariſm of Ezekiels 390, and 40 days, lying on his two ſides, I look upon as an eſpecial contrivance of the Holy Spirit to mediate between the Hiſtorical and Prophetick Pares of Time, that being part Hiſtorick, viz. to the Time of the Siege eſpeciViſion of the New Jeruſalem, and of very great Symbolical Importance alſo concerning the ſtate of the Twelve Tribes, till the Times of the Gentiles, that entred in Nebuchadnezzars Univerſal Monarchy, were
I can with great Truth and Sincerity, make Proteſtation; It was no part of my Deſign to enter a Diſpute with any Perſwaſion of Chriſtians, but only to purſue the
But doing this, I could not avoid, but that the Antichriſtian Apoſtacy, as ſeated in the
Notwithſtanding, I had no ſuch Intention, I find no Diſcourſes upon, or againſt that Apoſtaſie, in any degree comparable either in clearneſs, or aſſurance, if disjoyn'd from Prophecy, as when conTheological, Doctrinal Controverſies, or Differences in Hiſtory, or Chronology, as when ſuch corrupt Doctrines, ſuperſtitious Innovations in Chriſtian Worſhip, Uſages, and Uſurpations in Chriſtian Diſcipline, entred the World, and at what rate of Detestation they ought to be
Prophecy hath the umpirage; for little Intimations either deriv'd from Grounds of Scripture, or Reaſon, or from Hiſtory and General Opinion, when
Thus I have given Account of what is now drawn in full, and whole, and what only in little, in ſhort Calendary Proportions, which I intend, if God pleaſe, to give in more proper Dimenſions, as alſo to make compleat concerning the Churches, concerning the Voices, and Vials, concerning the thouſand years, what is rather in Perſpective, then in
I have only to add, that notwithſtanding, ſpeaking, or writing the Word of God, I muſt obey the heavenly Viſions throughout, yet as that teaches me, I yield all the Regards, Deferences of Honour, and eſteem due to the Character, Learning, Vertue, general Profeſſion of Chriſtianity, that I can render to every Perſon, and much more to Princes, and all in Authority, however of a Communion, I could for this Propheſies ſake moſt earneſtly pray, and even offer my Life in the Service, they might not be of.
But nothing can be more effectual againſt Rebellion, Sedition, or any Irregularity towards Government, and ſupream Power, then the Right Prophecy. For while Holy Prophecy ſtyles them
Nor is it poſſible any Pretence of ſetting up or advancing Chriſts Kingdom can juſtifie any Rebellions, mutinous or ſeditious CommoKingdom ſhall Appear, The manner of Appearance is miſtaken alſo, for it is not as from Earth, but as from Heaven, Heavenly, Spiritual, Pure, Peaceable, yet Efficathe Words of God are fulfill'd, have ſo given their Power, ſo that as well may the Doctrine of the Day of Judgment, which no created Power can produce, or oppoſe, be made a pretence for Rebellion, as the Doctrine and Prophecy of Chriſts Kingdom, or be complain'd as dangerous to Government, or deſtruHumane Society.
That therefore we may be Aright guided by this ſure Word of Prophecy, that ſhines as a
If any Perſon, either Friendly, and from deſire of further ſatisfaction in this Point, or Unfriendly, and from Prejudgment, pleaſe to make any notice of it to me, I doubt not by the Evidence of this Prophecy, and the Gracious Aſſiſtance of the Spirit of it, to ſatisfie their Doubts, and remove their Prejudice, upon fair Allowances.
The Contents of this Treatiſe are given in Tables annexed to each Part.
Part, Before the Apoſtacy in 10 Sections.
Part, During the Apoſtacy to the laſt End, in 16 Sections.
THE Viſion of the 2300 Evenings and Mornings, dates moſt exactly, and preciſely the Time from the very Beginning of the Perſian Monarchy or the First of Cyrus to the cleanſing of the Sanctuary, at the new Jeruſalem, and the breaking of Antichrist without hand, or by the ſtone cut out of the Mountains without hand, at the Kingdom of Chriſt, Dan. 8. 14. 25.
The order of the former Viſions, duely conſider'd, gives great light to this.
For firſt, there is in the courſe of Ezekiels Viſions a long allotment of Time, till the New Jeruſalem, and a peculiar Sanction of the prophetical Cypher of Time, or of a Day for a Year, Ezek. 4. 6.
That gives full ſcope aed room to thoſe Monarchies to run their Time, as in the Image, and the four Beaſts in Daniel's two precedent Viſions.
The former of thoſe two, or the Viſion of the Image, gives only a general Appearance of ſo many Monarchies or Kingdoms, or rather of a
From hence ariſes ſuch a Line of Time; as neceſſarily is refour Monarchies to diſplay themſelves; but becauſe they may be ſhorter or longer in their duration, they give no certain meaſures; only, as that there is no Hiſtory of Action elder than Moſes's of the Creation, appearing in the World; it is an Argument of weight againſt the World's Eternity: ſo on the other ſide, the daily matter of Hiſtory ariſing from many other Kings and Kingdoms, and particuRomans, aſſure us, the Kingdom of Christ is not yet come; becauſe while that laſts, the grand foretold Kingdom of Chriſt cannot come.
But now the next Viſion of the Four Beaſts, gives us in Prophetick Cypher the very meaſure of the Beast's Duration, as that Beaſt is ſymboll'd by the little Horn, viz. Time, Times, and half a Time.
But becauſe this does not aſſure us when thoſe Days beViſion we are now entring upon will teach us that.
And it hath a threefold Aſpect upon Time to this end.
1. It continues the principal Line of Time from Creation, which, becauſe there will not be Scripture Hiſtory to mainGentiles, (in whoſe Hiſtory Scripture little concerns it ſelf,) are drawn by it without leſſer Periods, but as the AcDays, beginEzekiel's 430 Days, and continuouſly
2. It determines the particular Time from the beginning of the Perſian Monarchy, at literal Babylon fallen, to myſtical Babylon falling, as alſo at literal Jeruſalem reſtor'd, to new Jeruſalem appearing; for Antichriſt broken intends the forSanctuary cleans'd the latter.
3. It is a meaſure of the length of particular Lines given after this from Time to Time, as they are given in Scripture, that, as it ſelf is diſtinguiſh'd into ſeveral Periods by them, ſo it is a Boundary to them, when to begin and end; that toſymmetral to this whole Line, neither longer, nor ſhorter, and therein be juſtly proportion'd to one another; even till this Line, call'd moſt emphatically by our Lord, the Times of the Gentiles, Luc. 21. 24. be fulfill'd.
That the Viſion then, and the Line of Time it carries away, be rightly underſtood, theſe things are neceſſary to be pre
1. That the principal thing in theſe Viſions of Daniel (exViſion next in order to that we are upon, that centers in Meſſiah's Coming and Death,) is the glorious Kingdom of
Upon the Account of this Kingdom of Chriſt, having its way made by the Deſtruction of Antichriſt, there are ſo maMonarchies, of which elſe we may conceive, the Holy Spirit had no more touch'd their Prophecy, than it does their Hiſtory, which it never does, but in relation to the Church, or to ſet out God's Government Univerſal over the World, and his Judgment on ſinful Na
We find therefore in theſe Viſions of the Monarchies, Antichriſt, next to the
2. It muſt be worthy our Advertency, that the Antichriſtian State in theſe
On the other ſide, The True Chriſtianity and Worſhip of it are ſymboliz'd by the pure Jewiſh Worſhip; The Temple, its Meaſures, Ordinances, as they ſtood in Iſraels beſt Eſtate, are the Ichnography of the Perfect, Pure, Chriſtian Church; But the drawing men from True Chriſtianity, to Antichriſtianiſm; the Perſecution of Men for it, the laſt Deliverance from
Theſe two things are moſt neceſſary to be premoniſh'd, for the true Interpretation of this Viſion, and other Viſions alſo, as we ſhall ſee, as we paſs along, to preſerve all clear and free from Confuſion.
And upon this Premonition, I ſay, this Viſion beginning with the Perſian Reign, goes on through the Grecian, and ſo paſſes through the whole Roman Monarchy, firſt and laſt, and deTimes of the Gentiles, after the Babyloniſh Empire, at the end of which, Ezekiels 430 Days ended, as hath been made to appear. And they being the laſt Joynt of the Line from Creation, this Line of 230 Days joyns with it, and continues the whole Creation to the Reſtitution of all Things.
Upon this Premonition I ſay further, That Antiochus, as the moſt Infamous Heathen Prince for treading down the holy and pure Jewiſh Worſhip, from the Days of Cyrus, while that Worſhip remain'd to be Gods Worſhip; from which
Antichriſts 1260. Days, at a day for a year, and near the whole 2300 in the whole of it, and being broken by an immediate Hand from Heaven, without an earthly Hand, as Antichriſt ſhall be; He is made a moſt notable and emiAntichrist, and ſo with Relation to Him, and his Time, a Line is drawn from Cyrus to the cleanſing of the Sanstuary, polluted by Antichristian Gentiles, and to the breaking of Antichriſt without Hand; Antiochus ſtanding all this while in open view, as a Type, and his Time, as a Ty
And yet while his Time will ſerve a Typical End, It is not exact enough to either main Intention, to be the princi
And for the making good theſe Aſſertions, I ſhall now apply my ſelf to the ſolemn Proof of theſe two Propoſitions.
1. That the 2300 Days are a definitive Line of Time, from the beginning of the Perſian Monarchy, to the very End of the Monarchies, and till the Supream Monarchy of Chriſt; and ſo are to be joyn'd to the end of the laſt Line, and thereby to the ſeveral Lines from the Creation; that altogether may reach that End.
2. That the Viſion principally intends Antichriſt in every Part, wherein Antiochus ſtands, as a Type.
For the Proof of the firſt Aſſertion I uſe this firſt Ar
There is a plain Concatenation or Connexion of this Viſion with the former, as following orderly upon or after it; For that purpoſe and to make it known it is ſo,
Theſe words therefore cannot, but be of further ImporViſion comes after the Forfour Beaſts intending four Kingdoms, and Antichrist, the little Horn with his Time, Times, and half a Time, and then his being deſtroy'd, and the
The Viſion begins at the Perſian Monarchy, goes on General Argu. 2.Grecian Monarchy, and ſo to the End; and the Line of Time runs parallel with the Viſion, therefore the Line of 2300 Evenings Mornings muſt reach from the Beginning of the Perſian Monarchy to the Monarchy of Chriſt, which is the known and moſt undoubted End of the Four Monarchies, and of all Monarchy, but under him.
This Argument conſiſts of theſe three main Propoſitions.
THat the Viſion begins at the Perſian Monarchy, I give theſe undoubted Reaſons:
It is moſt apparent in the very Portal of the Viſion, it was given at Shuſhan the Pallace, by the River Ʋlai, a River of
The Babylonian Monarchy was yet ſtanding, the Prophet a Subject of it in principal Place; for he continued in his Preferment in Babylon till Cyrus the Perſian. He muſt thereBabylon, and not a Runnagate from it, and his Loyalty; but was prophetically and viſionally ſet down at the Pallace of Perſia, to ſhew where the Viſions Date was to commence, viz. from the Perſian Monarchy.
If this were not enough, the Expoſition of the Viſion beKing of Perſia, and where the Expoſition beViſion begins; neither of theſe can be conteſted.
The Viſion crops off the Babylonian Monarchy; The Head
of Gold; and the first Beast like a Lyon does not under any Symbol or Repreſentation appear in it.
The Monarchy was now indeed juſt expiring in Belſhazzar's Third, which Scripture counts upon as his laſt Year, and whereas the former
But the Monarchy was not yet fully expir'd, nor was the Image in all ſucceeding Ages to be bereft of its Head; while therefore the Image, and the Iconiſm of the four Beasts, comImage ſtood in the Eye of Prophecy; Nebuchadnezzer is the principal in the
The Beast in the Revelation, To ſhew, the Monarchick PowImage tranſlated into that of the Beaſts Kingdom ſurvived whole and entire in him, is reſembled with every one of the Beaſts, himſelf being the fourth; and to aſſure us, he is the very fourth, he hath neither in Daniel, nor the Apocalips, any ſhape, peculiar to him, but what in the Apocalips is compounded of the
The principal Reaſon therefore of omitting the Babylonian Monarchy, is, becauſe, The
But thus this principal Line reaches from Literal Babylon fallen to myſtical Babylon fallen, from Literal Jeruſalem near to be rebuilt with its Temple, to the New Jeruſalem, which much adorns this Line of Time, and ſets theſe two juſt even from Point to Point.
It is true, The Four, as
Ʋniverſal Monarchies, are together the great
And becauſe of this real ſubſtantial Calendar of Time in theſe Monarchies, the firſt Act of Chriſt's Kingdom is recordApoſtle Paul to be the putting down all Rule, Authority,
That therefore which is moſt conſiderable in the ExplaGentiles Times, viz. this ſubſtantial Calendar of the four Monarchies, began in the Babylonian, ſo long as that Calendar is in preſenting, the Babylonian is never omitted, but is the Capital in it; but when it comes to this Numeral Line, or the 2300 Ev. Mor. it is then omitted, becauſe the Numeral Line runs not upon any Revolutions of theſe Monarchies, but upon ſome eminent Providence of God towards his
From all which, it is moſt evident, that though the Viſion is not dated from the Perſian Monarchy, as if it was given for the Perſian Monarchy's ſake; yet the 2300 Ev. Morn. begin juſt when that begins, and very fitly, becauſe the Perſian Cyrus found the Temple fallen, and the daily Service of the Jews taken away, and proclaims the Reſtoration, which makes
The ſecond Propoſition follows; viz. That the twenty
Propoſ. 2.three hundred days of this Viſion, as alſo the Things containend of All, or to the Glorious Kingdom of Christ.
Of this we have many Arguments in the Viſion it ſelf, which having briefly directed firſt unto, I will endeavour by farProphecy to eſta
Every Viſion of Daniel's, except the following Viſion of the
ſeventy Weeks, which hath the high and noble Subject of the Death and Reſurrection of our Lord Jeſus Christ, making an end of Sin, and bringing in everlaſting Righteouſneſs; but elſe every Viſion runs expreſly to the last End and Kingdom of Christ.
And whether even that does not after the Deſolation of Judaiſm give a Proſpect of their Reſtoration alſo, ſignified by Conſummation, until which their Deſolations are to laſt, and no longer, I leave to the Learned; however, It certainly bears its part in carrying on Time to that end.
But the very Shape and Deſign of all the other Viſions is moſt apparently That End, and therefore I conclude, of This alſo.
The often mention of the End; Three Times the Viſion, and
the End are conjoyn'd; At the time of the End, the Viſion ſhall
be; and the Expoſition of the Viſion is to make Daniel know, what ſhall be in the last end of the Indignation, and at the Time appointed, the End ſhall be. Now what End can be ſo abſolute, as to be underſtood by its naming only, except that End of Christ's Kingdom, ſo well known by the former Viſions, and by the following
And what last end of the Indignation can be meant, but that of the Deſolation determin'd on the Jews in the very next Viſion, that explains it together with Ezekiel's bearing their Iniquity, till the New Jeruſalem?
So the Viſion being for many days, its being commanded
ſhut up, the aſſerting it to be true, as John, Apoc. 21. 5. Theſe Sayings are true, Daniel's deep Sleep, Sickneſs, Fainting, being astoniſh'd for days, anſwerable to the Viſions being for Days, viz. many Days, argues to how great a Period the Viſion tends, and what a fatal courſe of things it was to run.
And to conclude this Reaſon; That very Title of the Viſion, of the Evening and Morning, or of 2300 Ev. Morn. collectNight of three Idolatrous Monarchies, and longeſt in the
There cannot be two Expreſſions of the noted End of
Daniel's Viſions, more full and adequate than thoſe two, howThe Sanctuary ſhall be cleans'd in correſpondence with Ezekiel's Viſion of the New Jeruſalem, and its Sanctuary, and of the Saints taking the Kingdom. And the inſolent King. ſhall be broken without hand, even the Prince of fierce Countenance,
Nor can any thing be more agreeable to the two InſcriEnd in the Apocalyptical Prophecy, It is done,
It is done, one the End of the Beaſt's Kingdom, the other on the Kingdom of Christ, or the New Jeruſalem?
Now from all this of the Viſion beginning with its 2300 Propoſ. 3.Ev. Mor. at the firſt of the Perſian Monarchy, and ſo running
Gauge of the daily Sacrifice taken away, but of the whole Viſion, from the
So that the moſt literal ſenſe of thoſe Words, ( Ʋnto how long, or
Now when ſuch a Queſtion is ask'd, and the Anſwer is given, to ſo long, the moſt natural ſenſe is, When no Time is fix'd for the Beginning, that the preſent Time ſhould be underſtood to be it; and when it is added, And then ſhall the Sanctuary be cleans'd, it is plain, a cleanſing of the Sanctuary, proportionable to the
The Viſion is one entire Viſion, though it conſiſts of ſeveViſion, and be divided in the Events, what Date of Time is given with the Viſion, as this one Viſion, agrees to the whole Viſion and not to any ſingle part, but as ſo united with the whole; however therefore the Viſion may be denominated from any ſingle part, as principally to be remark'd, as the
Viſion of the Daily, &c. The Viſion of the Ev. Mor. yet in any thing relating to the Viſion, as the Viſion it ſelf, the whole muſt be intended, and not that part. The ſeveral parts of the Viſion have indeed ſeveral ſpaces of Time cut out of the whole ſpace, proper to themſelves.
But as the Viſion is one entire Viſion, ſo the Date is one entire Date, and can be no other to agree with the whole Viſion.
The Viſion is call'd ten times, The Viſion, to ſhew it is all one and the ſame Viſion, and the ſeveral parts of it are but as the parts of one and the ſame Body, Lines of the ſame Image.
The Expoſition of the Viſion anſwers part for part to the Viſion it ſelf, firſt given; ſaving, that in the Viſion Antiochus the Type appears uppermoſt, but in the Expoſition the Anti-type appears uppermoſt, and, as in Reaſon it ſhould be, is moſt apparent: and the whole Viſion being expounded, is call'd, The Viſion of the Even. and Morn. all the 2300 being united into one, as it were to unite the whole Viſion, and the whole Line of Time, as cloſe and entire as poſſibly may be.
And which is moſt remarkable, Before the Expoſition of the Viſion, the ſpace of Time allowed to the whole Viſion, of which the Taking away, &c. was the chief (as in the Anti-type however couched under the Type) is given before the Expoſition, or juſt between the Viſion and the Expoſition, that it might diExpoſition, it is therefore ſo ſumm'd up, that it cannot be divided, but muſt remain entire to the whole; for it is, as was ſaid, but one Ev. and one Mor. applied to all the Viſion; and afterDividend, or Allotment to each part, and moſt particularly to the Daily taken away; to each, I ſay, their part, of the 2300 Ev. Mor.
And leſt any one ſhould inſiſt too hard on the Daily, unJewiſh daily Sacrifice; beſides, that any Word importing Sacrifice is preſcinded, and only Tammith,
Continual, applicable either to Sacrifice, or Service and Worſhip in general, uſed; it is alſo to be obſerv'd in the Expoſition, in the place of many Words concerning the daily taken away, we have the whole Action in Expreſſions moſt proper to the Beſtian Prince, according to all Prophecy of the Old and New Teſtament, and not at all proper to Antiochus, and nothing ſaid of the
So then if the Line be commenſurate with the Viſion, it muſt begin with the Perſian Monarchy, and not with the daily taken away, for That, in whatever ſenſe expounded, was not till long after: in the ſame manner, If the Viſion goes on to the great viſional End in Daniel, viz. the breaking of all the Monarchies in Antichrist, and the Kingdom of Christ appearing in the Sanctuary cleans'd, it cannot be applied to any
And from every Particular of this Diſcourſe it undeniably appears, Theſe Ev. and Mor. are not mere Natural Nycthemers, but 2300 Ev. and Mor. importing ſo many Years; for a leſs ſpace of Time could not contain ſo great a Viſion and its Charge.
If a Line of Time were given applicable only to the Time of the daily Sacrifice taken away, there would be ſome certaking away was to begin, according to all Uſage in this Prophecy. The 70 Weeks are dated from the going forth of the Word; the 1335, from the taking away of the daily: And in the Apocalyptick Prophecy we ſhall find ſome certain Epoch of each numeral Line: but there being no Epoch to theſe 2300 Ev. Mor. but the general Epoch of the Viſion one and the ſame, as we ſhall find, with the ſeventy Weeks, That muſt be the Epoch.
Seeing the Anſwer (And the Sanctuary ſhall ba cleans'd)
and the Expoſition of the Viſion, touching the King exerciſing the Tyranny, Broken without hand, gives the full End of all Tyranny on the Saints, and of all taking away their daily Worſhip, as it was under Babylon continued to be taken away at that Time, and after by Antiochus, laſt of all by Antichrist; it is plain, according to Scripture-Uſage, The
So that the taking away the daily does not ſpread it ſelf upon the whole 2300 Ev. Mor. and ſo end with them, but e're all ſuch Things as a tyrannous taking away the daily Worſhip of the Saints would be at an end, it would be ſo many: for the
That theſe 2300 Ev. Mor. are a Line of Time of ſo great comprehenſion, as from Literal to Myſtical Babylon's Fall, from the Reſtoration of Literal Jeruſalem to the New Jeruſalem, may be argued from ſeveral extraordinary Notes of Ho
1. The very drawing it out to ſo great and unuſual a length, is unparallel'd in all the Scripture; ſo that if it were not great in its Beginning, as that State of Things would adprophetical
Even this does ſufficiently argue, where it begins, whiprophetick uſe; a Week for ſeven Years, fourty Days for forty Years in the Wilderneſs, ſeven Ears of Corn for ſeven Years, ſeven Times for ſeven Years, Dan. 4. 22. But God declar'd, and promulg'd it as the Law of Interpreprophetick Time, Ezek. 4. So we underſtand ſeventy Weeks, Weeks of Years without controul, or 490 Years, Dan. 9. 24. Now if contrary to ſo many Inſtances of the prophetical Uſage of ſuch Abbreviatures, it ſhould draw out Years into their full Length, or Number of Days, How could we underſtand the Divine Mind in it, eſpecially on no greater occaſion than
But this is not All: There are fourty Days for fourty Years, 390 and 40 Days for ſo many Years; ſeventy Weeks for 490 Years; 1260 Days for ſo many Years, and Months proporEv. Mor. taken for ſo many Years, is veEnd of putting down all Rule, and Authority, and Power, and Chriſt taking his Power to himſelf, and Reigning, yet not ſo as to diminiſh from Government, but to perfect it to its higheſt Ends, under himſelf, and his Supreme, and Univerſal Monarchy. To graſp this, I ſay, within ſo great a Line given, from the very Time in which it was given: This great
2. For Jeſus Chriſt the Lord of this Prophecy hath the pecuPalmoni, to which whatever ſenſe we give, it wonderful Numberer, it comes exactly to the
Gabriel, the heavenly Envoy upon all Declarations of the Kingdom of Chriſt, as Dan. 9. Luc. 1. is employ'd in its Expoſition.
4. Daniel's extraordinary Title (Son of Man) allowed him only in this Viſion, as bringing to him the glorious Appearance of Chriſt; of which Glory, Ezekiel, being more often an EyeSon of Man. For if the Learned Dr. Lightfoot's Account of this Title, as a Chaldaiſm, were good, Daniel, who was the more eminent Chaldean, ſhould be oftneſt inveſted with it. On the contrary, He only in this Viſion is ſo ſtiled, but Ezekiel often: and they alone enSon of Man of all the Prophets; and Daniel never, but here, ſhewing the high pitch this Viſion makes, and its cloſe approach to Chriſt's Kingdom: from which his other Viſions do but derive, or are but preparato
Nor is Daniel's Attention, and ſignalizing himſelf unworlooked and ſaw, I Daniel, and to me Daniel, very agreeable to parallel Expreſſions of the Apocalyptick Prophet, I John.
But in ſhort, I conclude from the whole, The prophetical Contexture hath given all poſſible Advantage to the GreatViſion, and its Line: I will now briefly add the Arguments from the whole Courſe of prophetical Scripture, which will much fortifie theſe Textual Arguments, even as they receive Strength from them.
Every Scripture Line of Time argues this ſo great a Line from Adam to the Flood, from the Flood to Abraham, from Abraham to the Redemption out of Egypt, from thence to Solomon, and ſo to his
And why ſhould we think, God, who hath taken Care for ſome parts of Time, hath not taken Care of all? Seeing the Proviſion elſe is maim'd, and unequal; or why for Hiſtorical Time, and not for Prophetick? Seeing Prophecy and Hiſtory are alike preſent to him; and to us Prophecy is the more noChurch of the Old Teſtament, and not for that under the Goſpel, when Revelational is higher, and more perfect.
It is a vain ſubterfuge, That, when the Times of theſe Gentile Monarchies came in, God truſted the Records of Time with them, which he did not truſt with his own People, without a ſupream Hand of
Now if this Argument have ſtrength in it, where can we find ſuch a Line, as this, ſo aggrandiz'd, ſo extended from its Epoch to the laſt end of all?
We ſhall find this long Line of Time, diſtributed into its
parcel, and collateral Lines, and ſupported by them.
Daniel in the very next Viſion gives us the firſt, in the Time, or ſpace of the words going forth, and from thence ſeventy weeks. Then follows the ſealed Time, which by the revelational Prophecy, we knew certainly laying it to
Now thoſe two, four hundred Ninety of the 70 Weeks, and thirteen hundred thirty five, can allow ſpace but for 475 more. Having then ſo good ground to fix four hundred between the Weeks, and the 1335, we may find in the Time of the Words going forth ſpace for the ſeventy five, but for no more. All which I propoſe rationally to make out.
So then we have this great Proof of the 2300 Evenings Mornings, as 2300 years, That we find them in the direct ſtream of Scripture Prophecy, and the Conſpiration of Hiſtory hitherto, which is more ſatisfactory then History giving us a courſe of Time, and its Events, one anſwering the other, for here History and Prophecy meet, as we ſhall ſee.
After ſo ſolemniz'd a Prophecy, or Viſion of the daily, or Tammith taken away, we find the laſt ſeventy five in the thirteen hundred thirty five, ſo remarkably epoch'd with the Tammith, daily, or continual taken away; and Daniel aſſured his Lot at the end of them, as it were in the New Jeruſalem, or the Sanctuary cleans'd, to either of which, as the Inheritance of the ſealed Tribes, or the courſes of the truly holy Prieſthood, the word, Lot, invites very lively our Thoughts; ſo that from hence we know in this after Viſion, what might elſe puzzle our Thoughts; viz. How many of 2300 days are to be aſdaily taken away, ſeeing the whole Number aptaking away, but to the whole Viſion. We know, I ſay, the Daily taken away, begins at the firſt of thoſe 1335, and ends in the laſt of them, viz. in the Sanctuary cleans'd perfectly, and not in the preparation only, at the 1335, ended.
And ſo having finiſhed the firſt Poſition, concerning the Poſi. 2.viz. That the Viſion intends Antichriſt in every Part, wherein Antiochus ſtands as a Type; And theſe two laſt Poſitions confirm, and ſtrengthen one another; For if the Viſion and its 2300 days run to the end, they muſt run to Antichriſt, ſeeing Antichrist is at the
Further, if the Roman Antichriſtian Power be not the Anti-Type to
Further yet, Antiochus is every way too ſmall to be any more, than the Type in ſo great a Viſion; What remarkable End did Antiochus give, that-the End is ſo often recorded in his Viſion, he gave none to the Monarchies of the former Viſions, or to the Indignation againſt the Jews, nor to the delay of Chriſts Kingdom, there is no Monumental End, but of himſelf, and that not deſerving this Prophecy. His Days were not many, why then ſhould the Prophecy be ſhut up? Nor were they ſo far off, as the Things ſeen in the following Viſion, c. 9. nor till we encounter the ſame again,
Why was Daniel ſo faint, ſick, aſtoniſh'd, in a dead ſleep at Antiochus's Tyranny? Who had known the daily ſo long taRomans deſolating Wing of
The very Hiſtory of Antiochus, as it were proper to Antichriſt, is only to be found in the Antichriſtian Canon of Scri
The Time, The underſtanding dark Sentences, the growing great not by his own Power, are no way applicable to any hiſtorical Memoirs of Antiochus. A Prince furious, active, en
Laſtly, the very Ev. Mor. of this Line, a manner of Speech not uſed in Scripture from the very firſt of Geneſis, till now, lead us to the new Creation, to the Reſtitution of all things, to the bright Mornings Stars diſplay of his Beams, and in the mean time, even as Days compounded of Ev. and Mor. ſo theſe Ev. Mor. with equal Fitneſs and Naturalneſs, ſuſtain the prophetical Type of Time, Days for Years.
Of all which, let this be the applicatory Remark, to lead Behold, I make all things new, and immediately after, as it were in reAmen, upon the Viſion of the Ev. and Mor. It is true; impoſes his perfectory Finitive Amen. When he ſays no longer, Seal, but write in Capital Letters, Theſe Sayings are faithful and true.
Whoſo then by following the Lamb whitherſoever he goes, overcomes, ſhall inherit all Things. Chriſt will be his Father; He ſhall be the Son of God and of Christ. But the Fearful, who are frighted into Antichriſtian Cympliances; the Abo&c. ſunk down into the Defilements of all ſorts proper to the foul State, Falſhood, and the great Lye of the Apoſtacy, ſhall have their part in the Lake that burns with Fire and Brimſtone, where the Beaſt and the Falſe Prophet are.
Let us then live by Faith, and not draw back; for He that ſhall come, will come, and will not tarry. Even ſo, Come Lord Jeſus, Come quickly. Amen.
HAving in the precedent Sections eſtabliſh'd the Grand Line of 2300 Ev. Mor. and their Determination to the Kingdom of Christ; I now proceed to the Diſtribution of this Line, and firſt to the Line that muſt, however ſubordiof the Word going forth.
Now of this, It is moſt evident by Scripture, that it muſt begin at the Perſian Monarchy, or the Monarchy of Cyrus; for at Darius, the Mede, to whom Scripture allows only one Daniel prayed, and had this Viſion in Return of Prayer, as appears enough throughout this Chap. At Cyrus's first year it did begin; for ſo Ezra aſſures us, chap. 1. For muſt not that moſt neceſſagoing forth of the Word, when Cyrus ſent forth his Proclamation, and put it in Writing, v. 1, 2. &c?
But although the Word began here to go forth, yet it is moſt manifeſt, It did not here attain its effect; for then would it not have reſted, and ceaſed to go forth any farther? But we find it ſtop'd after the Altar ſet up, and the Foundations laid all the Reign of Ahaſuerus, and in the Days of Artaxerxes; which two, as we ſhall after reaſon, muſt be
Now although the great Perplexities of the Perſian Chronology are no way to my main Intention to be concern'd in, yet the making it Evident, that the
And firſt I ſhall obſerve that which I do not look upon ſo conſiderable as to call it an Argument. The very Phraſe of going forth implies ſome protracted and prolonged going
forth by the Word. The ſame Word is us'd of him, whoſe goings forth are from everlasting. But more enforcingly to preſs this, I thus argue.
It is impoſſible to ſpare any of thoſe great Decrees we have ſo ſpecially recorded, Ezra 1. c. 1. c. 6. c. 7. from the words going forth.
Not the first, becauſe it was the first, ſo much foretold of formerly by the Prophet Eſay, of ſo famous Memory, and that first broke the Bonds of the Jewiſh Captivity. Who can with poſſible Reaſon ſuppoſe, That had no Intereſt in the words going forth, in which Prophecy gloried ſo long beforeGabriel, and from which the other Decrees were deriv'd, as is expreſly mentiDarius's Decree, Ezra c. 6. compar'd with Dan. 9. 21?
Nor can the ſecond Decree of Darius be denied a place in it, which ſo united it ſelf with Cyrus's Decree, that if either was the word going forth, both muſt be ſo; for tho they were diſtant in Time, they were one in Subſtance, and by it the Temple was built.
And leaſt of all can the Decree of Artaxerxes in his ſeventh
year, be impeached as to this Right; for it was the perfeDecree, ſo liberal and ample, with ſuch Peculiarities in it all along, that there is not a word in the whole but yields an Argument: It excells all that went before, and leaves no Room for any to come after; It carries a great Senſe of God, revives all his Statutes and Judgments; It gives the laſt Hand of Beauty, as Ezra expreſſes it, to beautifie the Houſe of Jehovah;
By the building and reſtoring Jeruſalem, we are to underTemple in the firſt and moſt eminent ſenſe; ſo the
Enemies of the Jews remonſtrated to the Princes of Perſia, becauſe the Temple was the Glory of the City, and carried the Building of that with it: this therefore they accus'd, but the Building of their own Houſes was quickly permitted. God upbraids the People therefore by Haggai, Is it Time for you,
Oh ye, to build your own Houſes, and to let this Houſe lye waſte?
Now the Temple was ſaid to be finiſh'd by the Command of the God of Iſrael, of Cyrus, Darius, and Artaxerxes, King
of Perſia, and does as it were point to the Angels Embaſſy to Daniel upon his Prayer, that the Commandment was come
forth, that is, from God, and was to run, as a Line of Time, through theſe three Kings, who are every one nam'd, and the Kings between them comprehended in Time, but left out as to the Building of the Temple. The Decrees of theſe three Kings are moſt diſtinctly, and by this peculiar Hiſtory of Ezra, given, as an Explication of Daniel's Prophecy, and God's peculiar Care over it; the want of which Care over Antiochus's Hiſtory, argues him only a Type of Antichrist, to whoſe Bible his Story is rejected.
This then is the natural Order of the words going forth, by which the Temple was built. The original, and ſupreme Commandment was God's: The ſubordinate, and miniſterial Commandment was of Cyrus, Darius, and after them of Artaxerxes, King of Perſia, Ezr. 6. 14. Which laſt is indeed
HAving now ſettled the natural Order of the Words going forth, and finding that it muſt needs poſſeſs ſuch a diſtance of Time, as from the
The firſt Proof I derive from the chief Scope of the Viſion
of the ſeventy weeks, which was the Allowance of ſuch a ſpace of Time for Daniel's People, and Holy City, to continue ſuch a People of God, and ſuch a Holy City, until Meſſiah came, and fulfill'd all the Types of the Law and Prophecies concernState eſpecially of the Tribe of Judah, till Shiloh came, and of the Temple of Jeruſalem, and the Worſhip of it in its ancient State and before the rejection of it: So that, whereas often in Ezekiel and the other
Before therefore theſe ſeventy Weeks could begin, Jeruſalem muſt be
We ſee moſt demonſtratively, The Time muſt be ſo long as from Cyrus's firſt Year, to Artaxerxes's ſeventh: now ſeventy five Years, according to the beſt
That great Line of 2300 Ev. Mor. as we have found it, diſtributed ſo neceſſarily by Prophecy and Hiſtory, giving ſpace for ſeventy five, and no more, may ſtand as a ſtrong Argument, That this was a ſpace of ſo many, and no more: For when we find every way, this bids faireſt to be the Number, and that for the aſcertaining the Beginning of the ſeventy weeks, which can never elſe be determin'd, it is neNumber ſo fit Number, to make that Word of Prophecy ſo ſure as to be more ſure than Eye-witneſs it ſelf. This principal Line ſo ſatisfied, compleats all proof.
It is not unworthy Obſervation, That when the whole ſpace of the Words going forth, before the ſeventy weeks, for the reſtoring of that eminent State of Jeruſalem, its Temple and VVorſhip, and the firſt ſeven of the ſeventy for building the VVall, full of Clefts and Breaches, juſtly to be accounted reſtoring Jeruſalem, the firſt by ſolemn Decrees, the ſecond by ſome laſt ſounds of thoſe words of Decree; The Years of the
Perſian Monarchy for the Tranſaction of this whole Matter are juſt ſeventy five, as may be accounted.
When therefore, They have done the ſymbolical Service of accounting the ſeventy five years, not otherwiſe accounted; The Time from the Weeks Beginning pointed out to ſeven Weeks, or 49 Years in the Viſion, hath a Room allowed for it in the Story, viz. 25 years from the Decree in Artaxerxes his ſeventh throughout his Reign, which by all Hiſtorians, is agreed to be near forty ſix; and from thence Lett into the Reign of Darius Nothus, which ſeems on purpoſe nam'd to continue the 49 years current, for which there had been ſpace, more than enough, if the Weeks had begun ſooner, then Artaxerxes his
Now it is enough known, Scripture thus improves its mention, or not mention of Things, its ſo much mention and no more, into ſymboliſmes, and ſo may very well be ſuppos'd to do on theſe Perſian years. For it minds not Heathen Chronology, but to ſome great purpoſes; I ſhall give one Inſtance among others, and it is that moſt viſible one of
Arg. 4. There is nothing more evident, then that the Reſtoring Jeruſalem in its
One, viz. of the Temple is moſt diſtinctly recorded by Ezra,
And yet all theſe are ſo united in the common Intereſts of Jeruſalem, and in ſome Air of the Word going forth for them, ſo that there may be moſt fitly from the real Line of the forty nine years for building the Wall, ſo far as it is given in Number, a Communication of a ſymbolical Line, according to the Years of the Perſian Monarchy, ſo as that 75 may be collected from the whole Number, even as the word going forth, that is proper eſpecially to the Reſtoring the Temple is communicated alſo to the Royal Letter, for Timber to build the Wall, and the word of Princely leave for Nehemiahs going up to ſettle the Order; ſo that from the words firſt going forth to the Time within the Reign of Darius Nothus may be conword going forth before the Weeks, and to the end of the ſeven weeks, viz. of 75 and 49 years which is the Point to be made good.
THis Line of the ſeventy Weeks is not only ſo generally allowed and agreed by all Chriſtian Interpreters, but alſo inſiſted upon, as a moſt fundamental, demonſtrative, and undeniable Proof of Jeſus Christ the true Meſſiah, come in the Fleſh, againſt the perverſe Obſtinacy of the Jews, that I ſhall not levy any Argument for the proof of it; nor ſay more for the Definitiveneſs of it to 490 Years, than that the diſtribution of it into ſeven weeks, ſixty two weeks, one week, and that one week into a half week, and a half week cannot poſſibly ſtand, but in a moſt certain Determination of Time to greateſt exactneſs.
Nor is it poſſible to be diſputed, when thoſe Years end, or what Situation they have in Time, ſince they run ſo unfirſt half of the last Week to Meſſiah being cut off, and to the cauſing Sacrifice to ceaſe by the Sacrifice of himſelf, and in the last half Week to the confirming the Goſpel Covenant with many; at the end of which, the Jewiſh Nation was
The ſeventy Weeks then are divided into the ſeven Weeks of building the Wall after the Temple reſtor'd;
viz. from Building the Wall Times with
The ſealing Prophecy, and Viſion, is not only the Ratificaall Prophecy by finiſhing of it, as Chriſt It is finiſh'd, ſo far as was requiſite to that coming of Christ into his Mediatory and Redemptory Kingdom; but ſignifies alſo the ſealing of Prophecy at that preſent Time, ſo, as thta the ſecond Coming of Christ into his glorious Kingdom
& c. Rev. 7. 1. &c. Rev. 10. 4. &c.
ſealing firſt, during the Time of the ſeven Seals, then during the Time of 144000 ſealed, then during the ſeven Thunders ſealed, under which Sealing we yet muſt remain theſe next following Ten Years: Then all Things ſhall be finiſh'd ſpoken of in that yet ſealed Prophecy for the Glorious Kingdom of
Christ, till thoſe two words of Finiture are pronounced, It is done, It is done.
Yet notwithſtanding This, The moſt Holy is Anointed in his Reſurrection, made Lord and Christ, the true Meſſiah,
Him who ſaid, Thou art my Son, this day have I begotten thee.
The Covenant of Grace in his Blood, and the Sacrifice of himſelf, He Confirms for one Week. viz. the Firſt half week by himſelf, For ſo it begun to be ſpoken by the Lord, and then it was confirmed by them that heard him. Heb. 2. 1. &c.
To which the Body of the Jewiſh Nation, being ſo heinouſly Enemies, firſt in cutting off Meſſiah, then in reſiſting all the Miniſtry of his Apostles, and perſecuting them to the Death. The Flood of Deſolations returned upon them, by that very Roman, Power, People, and Wing of Idolatrous Abomination, and Deſolation, that they invocated for the Death of Meſſiah, and ſo they remain, and ſhall remain deſolated till the End of that Indignation, during the Times of the Gentiles, till that City, ſpiritual Sodom and Egypt, in which our Lord was Crucified, ſhall be burnt with Everlaſting Burnings, and the Captivity never be returned, till the Captivity of the Old Jeruſalem, the
This Richeſt Line of Time, laden with the Redemption of our Lord and Saviour Jeſus Chriſt, invites us to it ſelf, with admiring, and adoring Thoughts, and commands the World to Kiſs the Son with a Kiſs of Homage and Obedience: Great Occaſions derive agreeable Names, Daniel is therefore ſuitMan of deſires, or belov'd, expreſRedemption, flows, and which it begets in us back to God and Chriſt with vehement Paſſions of Deſire. And he is not only call'd ſo in this Viſion, but ever after it, to ſhew the Honour put upon him by it. Dan. 10. 11. 19. And as this Viſion ſtands in this Prophetick Line of Time, it enſures it to us; For as at the fulneſs of Time, treaſur'd up in it, Chriſt came againſt all contrary Apreceive him, and the Indeſert of ſo Divine a Condeſcention; He came according to the
THis laſt, and longeſt of Daniels Viſions, I ſhall moſt briefly paſs over, Becauſe the chief Things in it, that concern the Kingdom of Chriſt, have either been already giEnd; or elſe when it comes beyond the Weeks, the Death, and Reſurrection of Chriſt; Things are gone over again in the Evidence, and clearneſs of a New Teſtament Prophecy; yet ſundry things of greateſt Uſe, and Remarque, to the ful
This laſt and longeſt Viſion meaſures more particularly and diſtinctly the whole ſpace of the 2300 days, abating the two or three firſt years of Cyrus, and ſo brings down Time to the End, ſo as that from the ſealing of Prophecy, at the End of the firſt half and the laſt of the ſeventy Weeks, Lines of Time are given, the Firſt implicitely along the Time of the ſealed Book to be open'd in its ſeven Seals in the Apocalyps; Or in expreſs Numbers. viz. the 1335, which juſt at the end of the ſeventh Seal, begin in the Trumpets, and continue until all Finiſhed, or, IT IS DONE, IT IS DONE, and ſo ariſe to One thouſand three hundred thirty five years.
This Viſion, according to the Pleaſure of the infinitely wiſe Spirit of Prophecy, varies from the precedent in this, That it is rather Enigmatical in vail'd and covert Expreſſions, then Iconical, or by way of Imagery; The firſt Viſion was perfectImage, whoſe Anatomical Diſtributions by the Head, the Arms and Breast; the Belly and Thighs, the Legs, Feet and Toes, diſtributed Time: The ſecond Iconiz'd by four Beaſts, had a Line of Time, in the Cypher of Time, Times, half a
Time, applyed to a little Horn of the fourth Beaſt: The third pourtrays Three Beasts, and makes a little Horn of the Third of them, a Type to the little Horn of the fourth Beaſt of the Viſion, and the Veil of a Type being thrown over, There is a Line of 2302 Days drawn out by the Action of the Type
naturally and not prophetically underſtood) to that Anti ▪typical little Horn; It is drawn, I ſay, to the
The State of the four Monarchies, in the fourth of which the Kingdom of Chriſt breaks the whole Image, is much the ſame in the main, in this Viſion, as in the former, The Antichristian King is guilty of the ſame
The prefatory Deſcription of Chriſt hath ſeveral MagnifiRevel. 1. and alſo Dan. 7. wherein the Divine Nature of Chriſt appears in his Mediatorſhip. But in this they differ from the Majeſty of Chriſt, as on his Throne, wherein
To ſhew it meaſures the ſame Time, as that of the Ev. Mor. Daniel, is much in the ſame manner affected: It begins in its very Date, near the Beginning of the Perſian Monarchy; it runs moſt evidently to the ſame
1. It is peculiar to this Viſion, that tho Chriſt calls to mind in it His ſupreme Aſſiſtance to His, at the first Year of Darius, who to diſtinguiſh him, is call'd
But Cyrus being dead in the days of the proper Reign of Artaxerxes, or
Now by Ahaſuerus, I underſtand the Counterfeit Smerdis,
beginning of his Reign: And by Artaxerxes I underſtand Cambyſes, who reign'd indeed before Ahaſuerus: yet the Sacred Hiſtory inall the days of Cyrus the Work was fruſtrated; then takes in
That which juſtifies this, as the True Order, is, That the Hiſtory expreſly tells us, upon the Letter to Artaxerxes, The work ceas'd, and that it ceas'd till the ſecond Year of Darius the Perſian, all the Days of Artaxerxes Cambyſes, all the ſhort Reign of Ahaſuerus, or the Counterfeit Smerdis; Under Artaxerxes then, it began to ceaſe; and till then the Ceſſation continued. And thus often, Sacred Story poſtpones that, on
Artaxerxes is poſtpond to Ahaſuerus, although before him.
And of this Delay of the Building, the Space otherwiſe unknown, is made known in this Viſion by the one and twenty days Reſiſtance Chriſt found from the
Now theſe twenty one days, viz. days for years; for what could twenty one days Reſiſtance ſignifie to ſuch a ſtop of the Building, if naturally taken? Daniel obſerv'd a ſymbolical Fast; three weeks of days, a day for a year, as Ezekiel obeach ſide; ſo that it is true, The weeks of days do diſtinguiſh thoſe weeks of days from the ſeventy weeks of years, and yet they are a Type of twenty one days for years alſo: ſo that here we have an Explanation of ſo much Time as the ſtop of the Building amounted to, as ſo many years of the Perſian Time, as was before explain'd of the Word going forth, and it juſtifies that Account ſo far towards 75, where it is poſſibly moſt needed.
2. Here we have alſo the Intimation of the whole Hiſtory of Eſther, as pertaining to the Decree of the Jews Deſtruction and Deliverance, compris'd in the ſhort Note of Chriſt's ſpeedy diſpatch of this Viſion to Daniel, and returning to ſight for the Jews with the ſame Angel prince of Perſia, who, Sathan, ſtood at their right-hand to reſist them, and this Reaſon to believe, That Ahaſuerus was Xerxes, who was the fourth King, richer than all the former; viz. In compliance with that Character, The Hiſtory of Eſther thus deſcribes him, This is that Ahaſuerus that Reigned from India to Ethiopia:
Hiſtory, He was the fourth to the three from Cyrus; for Darius being of the Seed of the Medes, and the Mede is not accounted among the Perſian Kings, the Three after Cyrus then regnant, are Cambyſes, Smerdis, Darius Hyſtaſpis, and Xerxes the fourth; who as ſtirring up all againſt the Realm of Grecia, near the very Time of the Jews
Danger, (as Chriſt ſignifies by the King of Grecia coming when he return'd to fight with the Prince of Perſia concernHaman's Decree,) laid the Foundation of that War, Alexander the Great, a Prince doing after his own Will, purſued ſo as to put an end to the
And this I have treated the more largely, becauſe it conWords going forth.
3. This Viſion being drawn out of the Scripture of Truth, that is, out of the former Viſions of Daniel, which can be only Scripture of Truth in relation to theſe things. The Viſion, I ſay, paſſes on to the Succeſſors of Alexander, and eſpecially ſtays in the King of the South, and the North, the Egyptian, and Graeco-Syrian Kingdoms, the DHIL-KARNAIN two Horns, as the Mahometans call it, or as this Prophecy alſo, the two Thighs of the Grecian Empire, in whoſe Motiweeks ran, and the Troubles of the Jews were, as Hiſtorians obſerve, moſt concern'd; but eſpecially as Types of thoſe after-Kings of the South and North, to which the Prophecy tends.
For in that Acarith of the Grecian Monarchy, as the forch. 8. v. 23. expreſſes it, that long after part, the King of fierce Countenance, and underſtanding dark Sentences, aroſe, viz. in the Time of the Southern Saracens, Heirs of the Egyptian Potentacy, and the Northern Turks, Inheritors after, of the Grecian Empire, to which the Prophecy eſpecially directs it ſelf; ſo leading on alſo the ſpace of the Weeks to the Roman Empire, till all things went forward to the
1. The Confederacies betwixt Antiochus, and the Apoſtatizing Jews are lively ſet out, as very
2. The Agency of the Antichriſtian King is more fully ſet out in ſome Particulars, that had been given ſome not at all, ſome not ſo clear as before, as in theſe three things.
1. We have the Exaltation of himſelf above all Magiſtrates or deputed Gods, every Theſſ. 2. 4.
2. His marvellous Pretenſion to be the Vicar and Vice-Gerent of Christ on Earth, in ſo abſolute and immediate a manner, as to ſwallow up Chriſt's own true Power. This is a ſpeaking marvellous Things against Chriſt, the God of Gods, or ſupreme Prince; an opening his Mouth in Blaſphemy against the most High, becauſe ſuch a Power is a Blaſphemy againſt Chriſt's Divine Power: for it is to ſit in the Temple of God, as God, ſhewing himſelf that he is God,
3. His Prohibition of Marriage is ſhaded under the Not regarding the Deſire of Women, taking it either as what WoVertue and Honour deſire, Marriage honourable in all, or Mens lawful Deſire of Women in that Eſtate of Honour and the Bed undefiled, in Deteſtation of Concubinacies and Stews: and this Prohibition yet is on the pretended Accounts
Virginity, and immoderately honour'd ſingle Life; but inDeeds of the Nicolaitans, are ſo alDoctrine. Thus the Apoſtle alſo brands the Apoſtaſie as forbidding to marry; 1 Tim. 4. 3. comRev. 2. 14.
4. The Idolatry introduc'd by him, formerly unheard of and unknown in the World: an Idolatry committed under the Pretence of honouring Saints and Holy Angels, the Mother of Christ, and even
Now the Pourtray of theſe Things is admirable in this prophetical Table, and the Travers from the God, who is ſuChriſt, to the whole Gentry of Saints, in ſuch a confuſed manner, as the Text gives it, The Maozzim, and the ſtrange God whom he ſhall acknowledge, and encreaſe with Glory, and ſhall cauſe them to rule over many, ſo paſDuumvirate of Prophetical Interpreters, Dr. More and Mr. Mede.
5. It is very extraordinary in this Prophecy, that upon this very Idolatry, and at the very Time when it was conteſtIconoclaſtick Emperours, ſo profeſs'd Enemies to Images, and Worſhip of Saints, and yet ſanction'd by the ſecond Council of Nice, however palliated by that of
6. It is very obſervable, after a Deſcription of the very great Conqueſts and vaſt Tracts of the Turkiſh Empire, v. 42. &c. given, His End is foretold upon the Mountains of Tzebi, or the pleaſant Holy Land; and from thence the laſt end of Things, and the glorious ſtate of the Kingdom of Chriſt, in the Luſtre of his Saints, and the Shame and Contempt of his Enemies, ſeems to be given; and not from the
1. That indeed, The End of Things is not given from the Turkiſh End, but from the Day of great Trouble, ſuch as never
From hence therefore, compar'd with the Turkiſh Woe going off at the end of the ſixth Trumpet, Rev. 11. 14. It ſeems moſt probable, but I dare not in Particulars be too deTurkiſh Power at that Trumpets end ſending it to Euphrates from whence it came at the Beginning of it; and a DE-PORTING it from Conſtantinople. At the ſixth Vial there is a
2. After the End had been thus given leading from the ſixth Vial to the ſeventh, Then the true orderly native courſe of that End is drawn within its proper Channels and SucProphetick Time; as is now in the next place to be demonſtrated upon this Danielian Prophecy.
AFter the full and ample Diſcovery, according to the Allowance of Prophecy, of the State of the Honourable Reſurrection of the Servants of Chriſt, and the deſpicable Reſuſcitation of the
Immediately upon this Declaration of this Reſurrection, Chriſt commands Daniel to ſhut the Book, and ſeal it to the time of the End; which End muſt be that End, When many of them that ſleep ſhall ſo awake. But in regard of the LaxiTime of the End] we muſt unChriſt's Reſurrection to this Reſurrection, is call'd The laſt Time, The End, The End of the World, The laſt Days, frequently in Scripture; All ProEnd, and ſo more the Time of the End, and the laſt Days, than the forſealing, more or leſs, The Book muſt continue till Chriſt ſays, Seal not the Sayings of this Book, for the Time is at hand; relating juſt to the Time of the Vials, when the Kingdom of Chriſt was not only entred, and proclaim'd, and all Things were in finiſhing in the ſeventh Trumpet; but the Time of the Dead, that they ſhould be judged, was nigh: when the Voices had now prepar'd for the Vials, and the Thunders then were unſeal'd for the Vials pouring out, Rev. 22. 10.
And this agrees with the ſealing Viſion and Prophecy at the very cutting off of Meſſiah, altho there was a Time of farther Tryal of the Jews, the laſt Half-week, yet it was then indeed ſeal'd, the Jews having rejected and crucified their King, who yet even by Pilate's Inſcription, in Hebrew, Greek, and Latin, [This is the King of the Jews,] by his Reſurrection, Aſcenſion, and ſending down the Spirit, was Anointed. But till the End of the Indignation, The Prophecy of his Kingdom was ſeal'd from its Glorious Appearance, altho this Sealing had ſeveral new Sealings, after ſome partial and momentary Diſcoveries of the Kingdom; which are moſt neceſſary to be here underſtood, and carried all along.
It is moſt evident, It was here ſeal'd, and anſwerably in the Revelation, c. 5. It was a Book ſeal'd with ſeven Seals when Chriſt took it, at his very Reſurrection: and though the opening the firſt Seal was a Publication of his Kingdom to the Jews and Gentiles, and he went out conquering and to conquer,
opening the firſt Seal; yet it could not then appear, for there were ſix Seals ſtill upon it; Now theſe Seals carry moſt evidently, as we ſhall ſee, a Courſe of 400 years from the laſt half week, when the ſealing was complete in the final rejection of the Jews; For the first Seal opened, and the GoſJews, the reſt had greater Force of Sealing, which Sealing yet was determinately made at the very Death of Chriſt, and the Indignation upon that Parricide; And though theſe Seals carry a Courſe of Time, yet condecent to the Type of the great ſecrecy of the ſeven Seals, There is no expreſs Line of Time drawn till the Kingdom of Our God is celebrated as come after the ſixth of the Seals opened, and the ſeventh alſo opened as compleating that whole Viſion of the manly Birth, Caught up to the Throne, and the Dragon caſt down, Revel. 12. in Theodoſius the Great's laſt Victory over Heatheniſm, as we ſhall ſee in thoſe Viſions.
But then immediately at the ſixth Seal, as it were by way of prevention of the Kingdom of Chriſt, breaking out at the ſeventh; The 144000 were firſt ſealed, and this was ſuch an Kingdom, under the Apoſtaſie, That the Lines of Time were according to the Decency of the Type conThunders uttering their Voices, and the Book opened. Apoc. c. 10. c. 11. without which Apocalyptick Lines, theſe Numbers of Daniel could not be underſtood.
So till the End, viz. the ſeventh Trumpet, finiſhing all, and the Kingdom of Chriſt proclaim'd, there is a continuance of this ſealing, in ſome Degrees, even till the Thunders unſeal'd. Chap. 14.
But yet there are convenient Notations of Time along the Seals, For every Event upon their opening leads us demonSeals, after Christs Reſurrection, is moſt ſignificantly imprinted by that Motto, Many ſhall run to and fro, and Knowledge ſhall be increaſed,
Apocalyptical Miniſtry it ſelf, and after that, eſpecially during the Three following
Seals in thoſe Goſpel Voices, of a yet continuing Apostolical Miniſtry, though inferior to the Apoſtles, and daily growing flatter, but ſtill ſaying Come and ſee, All labouring to have then proclaim'd Chriſts Kingdom. For ſo Come and ſee imc. 6. till the Fifth Seal.
Chriſt having now commanded the ſealing of the Book, with that Latitude, not, to the End, but to the Time or whole Current of Time to the End, The Two Angels on either Bank attending Chriſt, the Man in Linnen upon the Waters of the great River Hiddekel, as in the Preface. c. 10. v. 4. Theſe two by divine Ordination from that very word [The End] ſtart this Queſtion,
Ʋnto how long the End of theſe Wonders? viz. That
But becauſe the Divine Spirit knew, that neither could the Cypher of Time, Times, half a Time, be truly diſcypher'd but by it ſelf, and that the Half Time would open in ſome appearance of the Kingdom, and that this very Oath, that now Lett out this Time, would be revers'd upon it, at that very prophetical Juncture, Daniel is mov'd by the ſame Spirit,
And then Christ is pleas'd to give firſt this Emblem of the Time of the
Ʋnſealing, in theſe Words,
And becauſe all this ſhould by the Will of Chriſt be yet drawn out more definitively, He is pleas'd to add, From the Time of the Daily, or Continual, in the very ſame only word Tammith, (no where applied alone to Sacrifice;) from that taken away by the Apoſtacy, I ſay are given exactly till the ſeven Thunders unſeal'd thirty additional Days to the 1260
And it is much to be obſerv'd, This ſo clear Line is giRevelat. after a Suppoſition of the Book open'd at the Half-time, and not before, except in this Cypher of Daniel's Time, Times, Half-Time, not to be underſtood but by the 1260 Days, and other Apocalyptical Lines.
Now from all this may be collected, by compare with the Apocalyptick Prophecy, a Line of Time, as exact as from the very Ages of the Patriarks, allowing the Hebrew Copies there, and the prophetical Days for Years here.
For firſt, the 2300 Ev. Mor. are ſo exact undoubted an entire Number, as to leave no Diſpute, if granted to be a Line of Time: The Weeks ending at the Reſurrection is ſo veViſion, before this Viſion not only in the Order of Prophecy, but of the expreſs Dates of Darius's Firſt, and Cyrus's Third. The ſealing of Prophecy in that Viſion juſt at the End of that
The ſealed Time and of the Book ſhut, by the Apocalyptick Prophecy, in ſo orderly a Progreſs as by compare with Hiſtory it is found, cannot but be acknowledg'd to be 400 Years from the
Beſides, the Evidence from the Indictions ſo open and inDaniel's Lot in the
End of the Days be of or in, but of and in the New Jeruſalem, and its holy Prieſthood? It is impoſſible then the
What great Reaſon have we now to adore the Spirit of Jeſus Christ in this Prophecy of Daniel, and to ſearch what or what manner of Time it ſignifies in this ſure Word of Prophecy, giving in prophetick Schemes the very ſame Thing that the Transfiguration in ſo glorious a majeſtick Appearance repreſented; viz. Chriſt the
I Am now brought down, by the courſe of prophetick Time, to that very Point of Time where the Series of Apocalyptical Viſions begins; ſo that although the Line of Time was by
I ſay, It muſt be of neceſſity agreeable to the Excellency of the New Testament, there ſhould be, beſides many IncidenProphecies, ſo divinely majestick a Prophecy, as this of the Apocalyps, ſuch a Temple of Prophecies, whoſe Symbols ſhould be ſo high and lofty, its Light more clear and full, its Lines of Time, in what it pleas'd to give, more evident and cerOld Teſtament, unveil'd, fulfill'd, and excell'd in the New.
And accordingly, we ſhall find all theſe, to the very height, taken care of and adjuſted; we ſhall ſee this all along the Iconiſms and Figures of Things in the Churches, in the ſeveViſions, in the Doctrines, in the ſolemn mentions of the Lamb, of his Blood ſo often memorializ'd, as an Antidote againſt the Poiſon of Antichriſt, as alſo the Miniſteries of Angels and their moſt peremptory Abhorrence of all
So that to raviſh this from the Search and Enquiry of his Church, or by Imputations of immodeſt Preſumption to bar from it the utmoſt Endeavours of his Servants, to compare ſo great a Prophecy, and its Events, is to take from them one of
New Teſtament of ſo high a Glory as this ſure Word of Prophecy, to which we ought to take heed, as to a Light that ſhineth in the obſcure and even ſqualid Ayr of the Apoſtaſie, till the Bright Morning-Star appear; and therefore notwithſtanding all Prejudices the Apoſtacy hath rais'd againſt Reſearches into it, Bleſſed is he that Readeth, and they who hear the Words of this Prophecy.
That which this Prophecy reveals, is the glorious Reſtitution of all things in the Kingdom of Christ, and his Reign with his Saints, the Deſtruction and Conſumption of all the wicked, ſo as to be no more as they have been in God's Creation and Earth, Pſal. 104. 35.
The Senſe, in which it reveals, is not only Prophetical, Doctrinal, and Verbal, but Real and Eventual; and that immediately from the very Beginning of it. All the Viſions in their own Order, each in their Seaſon, come quickly or ſhortly to paſs; that is, begin to come to paſs, and ſo go on to their End, according to the Types wherein they are im
This Revelation begins juſtly at the Reſurrection of Christ, conjoyn'd as in one entire Act and Time with his Aſcenſion, when all power in Heaven and Earth was given to him, at the Lord's Day, dedicated by himſelf to the Glory of his Riſing, and the Publication of his Anointing, by the coming down of
the Holy Spirit. Then could he ſay, Behold I was dead, am alive, and live for evermore: Then he was brought near to the Ancient of Days, and receiv'd the Aſſurance of his Kingdom; Then had he Right to be the Prince of the Kings of the Earth, though he was pleas'd to ſtay, and to joyn Patience to and with his Kingdom. And this was as in the middle Ev. Mor. from Cyrus, and in the middle of the laſt of the ſeventieth of the ſeventy Weeks, and at the Time the Roman Empire was come to Maturity in the AUTONOMY of Auguſtus and Tiberius, in the Time of which the firſt Right of his Kingdom began: and e're that
Empire in its last State ends, it ſhall be ſet up in Glory.
For though the Apocalytical Prophecy was not actually giJohn till ſome years after; yet, as Prophecy calls the future, ſo that which is paſt, to the preſent Time; and repreſents in an entire Frame both together, a Priviledge, as to that which is paſt, neceſſarily allowed to
The Period of the Revelation (till the thouſand years) is moſt evidently thoſe two Apocalyptical Pillars, bearing the two anſwering Inſcriptions, IT IS DONE, IT IS DONE, Kingdom begins.
So that this Book of the Revelation is juſtly to be ſtyl'd the Book of the Kingdom of Chriſt in its ſeveral Offers of ApClouds to ſhew it ſelf, in the appointed by the Father, and ſworn by himſelf. In which Regards, this Prophecy is call'd (A Book) both in Daniel and here in the Apocalyps, on all occaſions.
So that the thouſand Years are properly within this Book, as the Book of the Kingdom. There is alſo beyond the thouſand Years a
The Paſſage or Conveyance of this Apocalyptical Time, is through the ſeven Churches, comprehending the whole Time within themſelves, as alſo Symbols proper to the Prophecy, as peculiar to the Chriſtian Church; and then the whole Time begins again, and runs in ſeven Seals, ſeven Trumpets, ſeven Voices, as unſeal'd Thunders, ſeven Vials, as ſo many Conduits,
Prophecy, under the Conduct and Government of the Lamb with ſeven eyes, and the guiſeven Lamps, the ſeven Spirits of God, that is, of the Divine Spirit in its ſevenfold Operations. And in all I underſtand the ſabbatical Number deriv'd from the first Sabbath, and terminating in the laſt great Sabbatiſm of Chriſt's Kingdom, continued with the Sabbatiſm of Eter
Thus the Prophecy is divided into two Syſtemes, or Complexes of Viſions; The
So then this is the only true proper Diviſion of this Prophecy into its
And to other Diviſion than this of the ſecond Systeme of Prophecies, I can by no means ſubſcribe; as of the Prophecy divided into the ſealed and open Book-prophecy; or the Prophecy of the
Now in this Order apocalyptical, Both Viſions and Times in the firſt Syſteme, run through the ſix Churches, In the ſecond through thoſe four Sets of prophetical Tubes, Seals c. 6. c. 7. c. 8. to v. of Trumpets, c. 8. v. 8. to the end of c. 11. of Voices, c. 14. of the Vials, c. 15. c. 16. and ſo laying theſe Chapters together, the order is moſt exact, except that in c. 7. There is an Anticipation of the Triumph of the New Jeruſalem from v. 9. to the end. In c. 11. there is a Collection of the whole State of the Apoſtaſie, during the ſix Trumpets, into one Body together, as it conſiſts of the Sufferings of the Witneſſes, and the Tyranny of the Beſtian Apoſtaſie, excepting ſome cloſe InSymboliſms of thoſe Trumpets [for the great Reaſons hereafter to be given,] that refer to the ſame Apoſtacy, and begin at the firſt Trumpet.
And then in the twelfth and thirteenth Chapters the extravaſated Account of the
And as to the Chapters 17. 18. and 19. they are moſt eviVial, and the full Relation of its Effects. To prepare for which, an extraordinary Deſcription of the Woman, or Great City reigning over the Kings of the Earth, oppoſite to the Woman in the Wilderneſs, is prefix'd; and on her occaſion a more perfect Portraicture of the Beast, and of his ten Horns or Kings is given, in preparation to the Judgment executed on all, c. 19. And then the Milennial State being drawn up, c. 20. it is carApocalyptical Time, as it reaches into
Eternity, which the Prophecy briefly abſolves, and then returns upon its more proper Subject, or the 1000 Years of the New Jeruſalem. c. 21. c. 22.
Now this Order began with the Preface to the Churches Viſion of the first Syſteme, c. 1. and then the Preface of the ſecond Syſteme, and laſtly a Poſtſcript, returning eſpecially Vials as given by the first Angel of the Vials. This OrApocalyptical Prophecy; which is contriv'd indeed ſuitable to the Secrecy and Myſticneſs of the
This allowed, the Prophecy takes no Freedome, but what is due to the graveſt Hiſtory, to place, by way ſometimes of Anticipation, ſometimes of Recollection, the Parts of the Hiſtory ſo, as may beſt ſerve the Purpoſes of the Hiſtory: And yet we cannot deferr ſo little to the Majeſty of Divine Prophecy, as is even challengeable by Humane Hiſtory; For that is juſtly entitled to a Right of ſecret and inſenſible Tranſitions, Connexions, Tranſpoſitions from one part to another, which require leiſurely Meditation and thoughtful Pauſes, to find them; and yet are ſo plac'd, as when found they give Light one to another with
Ʋſury.
Altho therefore I riſe up with greateſt Reverence and Honour to thoſe great Names, who have thought otherwiſe, I can allow no Beginning of Apocalyptical Time anew, either at the open Book ch. 11. or at ch. 12. but only a Recollection of thoſe things after their redundant Swellings out of their Channels, one to the firſt Trumpet, the latter to the fifth Seal; Only The two Syſtemes have each one and the ſame Epoch, given particularly to each: The Churches are cloſe and evenly cemented, and ſouldered one to another, and ſo the Seals, Trumpets, &c. and their Connexion even hermetically ſeal'd; And Both from the ſame
And as to the Interpretation of the whole, even as it is a Rule of great uſe in the Interpreting General Scripture, that the literal Senſe is to be preferr'd where no Analogy of Faith or Scripture-Reaſon is deſtroy'd by it; ſo here the myſtical ſenſe is rather to be choſen, where no ſuch Injury is commitAnalogy of Scripture Truth: and yet as in the one caſe a ſubordinate myſtical ſenſe may be allowed; ſo in this, a ſubordinate literal ſenſe may be allowed.
To give only two or three Inſtances. Hearing and Reading this Prophecy hath firſt the
Thus Opening the Book of this Prophecy and its Seals, are principally the ſeveral Effects of the Kingdom of Christ, and that principal one at the Reformation, and not the ExpoſiBook, or a new courſe of Prophecy: and yet it is ſubordinately true, There was then a greater Clearneſs and IlluDoctrine of the Chriſtian Religion, and a new order, as it were, of Holy Prophecy and Inſtruction; And this Prophecy did then Recall its own Diſcovery of Things at that Time, after the Apoſtacy ſo long darkning it and the Goſpel, and enlarge its former brief Notes.
And ſo Coming quickly to paſs hath the literal ſenſe, That then immediately began Apocalyptical Events each in their own order, to come ſpeedily and immediately to paſs, altho' ſo many hundred years run out 'ere all come to paſs; As an Army may be ſaid to come preſently when the Avaunt Corriers firſt appear, altho' the
But the myſtical ſenſe is, that whereas that ſublime Event of the Death and Reſurrection of Christ roſe up, as a Mounlatter Time, or the laſt Days, and All beyond the Reſurrection was as a
And now having given this general view of the Apocalyptical Prophecy, and its Order of Times, I will diſcourſe briefly firſt on the Syſteme of the
THat theſe ſeven Churches are intended to bear by their Symboliſmes a Line of Time, equal to the whole Apocalyptick Time, I ſhall at preſent uſe no other Argument, but theſe general ones, reſerving the more particular Treaty up
Theſe Churches are, as the whole Prophecy, of a Myſtical
Senſe, and Importance; Chriſt therefore prefixes, I will ſhew you the Myſtery of the ſeven Candleſticks, the ſeven Candleſticks are the ſeven Churches; where the meaning is not, that the expounding the Stars into Angels of the Churches, and the Candleſticks into Churches, is all the Myſtery opened; For even Angels of the Churches muſt be acknowledged to be ſtill Myſtery, or a myſtical Expreſſion; except we would unnatural Angels, as few or none do: But the meaning is, The ſeven Churches contain a very great Myſtery
Viſion of the Churches; Even as upon the forehead of the Woman. Rev. 17. 5.
The particularizing upon the Churches, the ſo Apocalyptick
number, Seven, aſſures us, It will bear its proportion to all the other Sevens. And ſeeing, there are no ſevens to introTime, Sevens and Symbols emApocalyptical Time, and its Sevens.
For the Book of it is the Book of the Kingdom, the Kingdom is the
It is certain, There hath been a Chriſtian Church in all Ages from the Reſurrection of Chriſt, to this Day, and ſhall be to the New Jeruſalem, and to the End of the World. This is grounded upon thoſe two Places, Matt. 16. 18.
Ʋpon this
As there muſt neceſſarily have been a Variety of States of this one Church, ſo the firſt of them muſt needs have been ſettled and founded in Doctrine, Worſhip, Rules of Life, Order, and
Beſides the daily or every days Miſcarriages from this exHereſies, Errors, and bad Practiſes, to which degenerate and deeply corrupted Humane Nature is ſo ſubApoſtolical Writings take ſo continual noviſible, and notorious Apoſtacy, fix'd, and ſettled upon its own Baſe, out of which Antichriſt was to come, and ſo very fit to be taken notice of in this Book of the Kingdom.
Now this Apoſtacy was declar'd expreſly by the Apoſtle Paul to be at work in a mystery of Iniquity; and the Spirit ſaith expreſly, that in the latter Times, which latter Times, as we have before affirm'd, were then begun, though every day more, and more, latter; Some, that is, not a few, but a certain ſort of men, that ſhould make a Body or Species of Men, ſhould depart from the Faith. If then it had begun ſo Timothy, as then at Epheſus.
Nicolaitaniſm, and that it daily proceeded, and grew much higher after the
This Apoſtacy being to become ſo grand an Apoſtacy, it muſt needs proceed and work on by degrees, ſo as that ſome Church and its Biſhop deriving it ſelf from the Apoſtles, ſhould very elderly vere towards a Synagogue of Satan, and there ſhould be ſuch an Aſſumption by it, and Deference of AdChriſtian Church, tendApoſtacy, that it gain'd Pretenſions (undeſign'd yet to it particularly) to intitle it ſelf to ſuch a blooming Antichriſtian Power as was foretold to come out of the Apoſtacy; for if it could not derive high from Antiquity, it could not riſe to that Grandeur of Apoſtacy under the
Now what Type of ſuch a State of the Church could be more expreſs in all this, than the Church of Smyrna? For whether it was ſo deſign'd by the Spirit, or not, it is certain, in Reaſon, ſuch an Apoſtaſie, Apoſtate Church, and falling Star muſt have a Foundation in Antiquity, even while the Church was pure, and in Sufferings; and that very Church and its Biſhop bore a part in it, and yet was every day more and more under the Aſpect of that Caution given to it Rom. 11. 17, 18, &c. and cſpecially when it was crown'd in Conſtantine.
The Apoſtaſie muſt come to be ſuch a high, enthron'd Apoſtacy,
and ſo obſcuring, over-ſhadowing, covering the
Now I appeal to all Proteſtants, Whether this was not truApoſtaſie? And I appeal to all judicious Conſiderers of the Epiſtle to the Church of Pergamus, Whether ſuch a State could be given in more expreſſive and ſignificant Shades.
It is then moſt evident, There muſt be a Time wherein the Myſtery of Iniquity began to work, ſeeing it did begin
Apoſtolical Times, for the Apoſtle declares it ſo to begin: beſides, from this Neighbourhood it derives a Pretence of Authority, tho' indeed there can be from thence no Authority gain'd to Antichriſtianiſm, ſeeing the
It is alſo moſt evident, The Progreſs of it muſt afterwards grow ſo high to be a Synagogue of Sathan, and after to be a Throne of Sathan; ſo that from hence may ariſe the Symbols of Epheſus, Smyrna, Pergamus.
After the Time that Antichriſtianiſm did thus prevail, ſeetrue Church after this Oppreſſion, and being muffled up under the Name of a falſe Church, call'd Catholick and
Ʋniverſal, and HOLY MOTHER CHURCH, at the ſame Time; yet in regard of the remaining Power of
Now ſo much therefore of this True Church as did ſo eluFalſe, was, while it was forcing its way under one Notion, or Denomination, and when it had forc'd its way under another, and while it in any parts and portions of it continues in the midſt, and within the Bowels of Kingdoms and States ſtill keeping up, and ſubPower of Antichrist. It may ſtill retain its name Thyatyra, and although the Time, or interTrue Church was compris'd in it, may be paſt, yet it may continue in Being, in no higher State, then of Thyatyra, till the appearance of the Morning Star, and the fall of the Tenth of the Great City.
Now it is moſt evident, there have been ſuch earneſt MotiAntichriſtianiſm, There ſtill continue ſuch in
After the Emerſion, and actual manumiſſion of ſeveral parts of the True Church from Antichriſtianiſm, and a ſettleSardius Stone may be a fit emPatience of Chriſts Kingdom, ſuch a Church may be too much taken up about Rites and Juriſdictions, and ſuch extern Decencies, and not preſs forward upon Things, that remain in an order, and ſequence to the Kingdom of Chriſt, and ſo fall under ſevere Cenſures.
This Church repreſents Churches which are yet accepted by Chriſt, as True Churches, they have on their own proper TiNames, though but few, that have not defiled their Garments. And theſe few, though beſt, are not yet made the
Now ſince the Reformation, it is known by general ObChurches, that are in a State and Splendor Sardian, but let the Application of the Characters remain, till he comes, that ſays, He will Come at an Hour, this Splendid, ſecure, Symbolical Church thinks not of, except the few undefiled Names, and they of it that overcome, who have Promiſes of greater Glory with Chriſt, then this outward; but this Church in its own Name hath the Honour to make a Line of Time from the Reformation to this Day, and ſhall till that ſudden coming of Chriſt upon it, when ſuch a State will be at an End.
There have been Societies of Chriſtians, that ſince the Reformation
have ſubſiſted only upon the Principles of
This Church is not yet come to its proper ſpace upon the Line of Time, nor can do, till the Witneſſes riſe out of their Sackcloth, and the Kingdom of Christ be proclaim'd at the ſeventh Trumpet: And how excellent a Type of all this, is the Church Philadelphia?
There ſhall be a moſt perfect, happy, and glorious State of the Church before the Reſignation of the Kingdom to God and the Father, during the thouſand years; the very firſt Recidivations from which, ſhall be
Now from All this, it is moſt evident, The Church of Epheſus may have place from the first preaching the Goſpel till the cruel Perſecution of Diocleſian; into which laſt and moſt cruel One, All the Chriſtian Blood ſhed from the Reſurrection ſunk down, as the Blood from Abel to Zacharias upon the Generation of the
Hereby we ſee, The Excellency of the Chriſtian Church,
Schiſm, dePrimitiveneſs of Churches, but upon the
I Have now finiſh'd the firſt Real and General Line of Time that runs from Stem to Stern, from the Beginning to the End of Apocalyptical Time. I come now to the ſecond giving of the ſame Lines, which is not uniform and entire, as the former of the Churches; but made up, not only of various Parts as that was of ſeven Churches, but of various RepreSeals, Trumpets, Voices, and Vials, and each of theſe comprehends its following Order, viz. the Seals, the Trumpets, the Voices, the Vials, under the Seventh of each former, as hath been already clear'd, by which they are all kept in a cloſe ſucceſſional Connexion one with anoſeventh Seal hath its Hold upon the whole, even to the laſt Day of Judgment, when the whole Book of the Kingdom is reſign'd back into the Hand of God, out of whoſe Hand it was received by Chriſt, ſeal'd. 1 Cor. 15. 24. &c.
I am therefore now, and in the firſt place, to ſpeak of the firſt part of this ſecond giving of the Line of Time, and that as in the Seals, before it came to the Trumpets.
1. And becauſe there is one general Preface to this whole Repetition of the Line of Time, I ſhall firſt conſider, how adequate it is to the whole Line, and to the great AdminiPreface was to the whole Apocalyptical Book or Time, adorn'd with new Figures and Sculptures; John heard the first Voice that ſpake to him, and it was as it were of a Trumpet, ſaying to him, I will ſhew thee Things that must be hereafter, Rev. 4. v. 1, 2. and immediately he was the ſecond time in the Spirit, where the Diſtinction of things hereafter from the things that are, as Rev. 1. 19. was made only, as the Types of the Churches had a real Exiſtence at that Time, as Types in the then begun Chriſtian Church; but the following were deriv'd from things to come. And after this there was no more any ſuch Voice of a Trumpet ſpeaking to John: no more being in the Spirit, except a being carried in the Spirit into the Wilderneſs, to ſee the Apoſtate Church, and then to a Mountain to behold the Holy City. The Voice ſpeaking again, c. 10. v. 8. evidently relates to the firſt Voice in that chap. ſaying, ſeal and write not, v. 4. and then take the Book and eat, &c. and Trumpet-Voices.
2. At this ſecond Apocalyptical Volume, we have the great Theatre of the Throne, and the whole Grandeur of it, and adorn'd every way ſuitable to the Doctrine of the Goſpel, and as it were in the firſt Apoſtolical Church ſettled firſt in God; as the Doctrine of the One God, made known in the Father, the Son, and the Spirit, is the Foundation of ChriſtiFather, the Word, and the Spirit, bear Record of it in Heaven; and theſe three are one in that Record, as they are in themſelves ONE.
3. About this Throne, at each Angle, or at each of the four Points of it, are four Living Creatures, ſo I chooſe to tranſlate Beaſts properly and diſtinguiſhingly in this Profour Living Creatures repreſent the Apoſtolical Church of the New Teſtament, as in four Tertwelve Apoſtles, in perpetual Action, and therein as it were encircling the twenty four Elders of the pure Iſraelitiſh Church. The Elders are upon Seats round about the Throne, and with Crowns on their Heads, as being of old a Kingdom of Prieſts, and they are in this Prophecy introKingdom of Christ, that ſhall be at the New Jeruſalem together with, and as by the Apoſtolick Church, who ſhall be Kings and Prieſts together with them repreſented by theſe four and twenty Elders, Heads of the prieſtly Courſes, who are firſt plac'd, as leading the Goſpel of Jeſus Christ, and his Kingdom by Prophecy, but yet in the very firſt Action the Order is revers'd, and the living Creagiving Glory. Firſt, there is the particular Song to the Divine Nature on the Throne, as the abſolute Creator and Lord of all; ending in this, For thy Pleaſure all things are and were created, and ſo are abſolutely under his Dominion and Diſpoſe, before whom they caſt their Crowns.
4. The grand Symbol of the whole Apocalyptical Time, and its Events, and of the ſupreme Conduct and Government, till they iſſue into the Kingdom of Chriſt, is the ſeal'd Book in the Hand of Him that ſat on the Throne, ſeal ▪d with the
5. There is Proclamation made by the loud Voice of a ſtrong Angel, for the finding out a worthy Perſon to open the Book, and looſe its Seals: And none in Heaven or Earth was found worthy to open the Seals, or ſo much as look thereon.
All which, is certainly as Divine a Symbol to ſet out the ſupream and ſole Excellency of the Lord Jeſus Chriſt, as far above all Principalities and Powers, and every Name in Heaven or Earth, as could be found out, and ſurpaſſing all Un
6. The much weeping of John, that none was found worthy to open the Book, does moſt exactly and critically point to the time of the Death of Christ, or his lying in the Grave, when there ſeem'd a Deſpair upon all the Creation in that dark Interval, and a ſuſpenſion of the Conſolation of Iſrael, and when all the Apoſtles had given up, as it were, the hopes of it, of which the Apostle John was here a Symbol, and reApoſtles.
7. The ſame Article of Time is farther aſſur'd and conone of the Elders, as a Repreſentative of the whole Iſraelitiſh Church, who lead to Chriſt. Thus Christ open'd the Scriptures of the Old Teſtament, eſpecially of Daniel, That
8. Chriſt hereupon exactly as in the Time, according to the Hiſtory of the Goſpel, appears as on the ſudden, and unmidſt of the Throne of the Elders, and the living Creatures, a Lamb, as it had been newly ſlain, and now riſen and aſcended; and ſo the Epoch of the Apocalyptical Time is moſt ſtrictly defin'd and fully aſſur'd. And at this Point of Time he receives the Book; which is the very ſame with ſitting on God's Right-hand, till his Foes ſhall be made his Footſtool: for when the
9. Hereupon the State of the Chriſtian Church in its Apoſtolical Purity, with the Order of the
10. To ſum up all; The State of the Church in the thouſand Years
The ſealed Book being now in the Hands of Chriſt, and all due Acknowledgments made to him that ſits on the Throne, and to the Lamb, immediately follows the opening of the Seals, and therein the Courſe of Time flows out, and ſo flows on; of which we are now to take a particular and ſtrict Account: only I would deſire every Perſon that ſets his
Inthronization of God and of the Lamb, That he would ponder within himJews or the Heathen Empire, can be Events great enough for ſo ſtupendious a Pre-Repreſentation; or any thing leſs than the Glorious Kingdom of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt could anſwer to it.
And now, that we may eſtabliſh the Line of Time accorSeals, and the Time of their opening, there are three Things to be conſider'd;
1. What it is that is the principal Jewel and Treaſure that lies under theſe Seals; and ſo to be ſet free by the unlooſing them.
2. What is the principal and ſupream Viſum or Thing to be ſeen in every Seal, and the opening of it, and how it ſerves the diſcloſing that Jewel.
3. What is the true method of fixing the certain Time that the whole Courſe of the Seals took up, and how it is to be meaſur'd and fix'd.
If we can now determine and ſettle aright upon the ReſoApocalyptical Viſions, and to have ample ſatisfaction concerning them, and have great Light into the following Viſions alſo.
1. As to the Firſt then, That great Treaſure and Jewel of Truth that is inclos'd within theſe Seals, and ſo alſo, as we ſhall ſee, that the Trumpets ultimately ſounded unto, is the Glorious Kingdom of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt.
Every Event, and the Stage of Time it was to paſs over, is as a Seal or Stop upon this Kingdom, till it opens into Glory; and the opening of every Seal was an Advance toſeven Seals were open'd, there appeared a greater and more prodigious Cauſe of Delay, viz. the Antichriſtian Kingdom; yet every Trumpet was as an Alarm of War to the ſubduing that Mock-Kingdom that roſe in Deſpight and Oppoſition to the Kingdom of Chriſt. And becauſe all things were ſo ſet, and placed in their Seaſon and
Seals to let them out, though they did not in the Iſſue open to the true Appearance of that Kingdom, yet becauſe they did as it were, what they could, and there was a Remove of ſo many Prohibents, or Obſtacles to that Kingdom; and Time ſo adopening every Seal the Kingdom of Chriſt might be nearer to its Appearance; thereSeals, unloos'd, and opening to the Kingdom of Chriſt.
Now beſides thoſe End of the Apocalyptical Time and all its Events, whiKingdom of Christ was under the Seals; The Kingdom made ſo magnificent a ſhow of it ſelf at the ſixth Seal, that had not the Servants of God been ſeal'd in their Fore-heads, that they ſhould not then appear with him in Glory, the Kingdom had even then appear'd; for in Conſtantine's Chriſtian Empire, to the End of the Reign, or at the Victory of Theodoſius the Great over Heatheniſm, of which he endeavour'd the utter Extirpation, that Kingdom ſo far came out of its Retirement, that there was a ſolemn and loud Doxology in Heaven, that the Kingdom of God, and the Power of Christ were come; and yet at the very ſame time, the Woman, is recorded as fled into the Wilderneſs, Rev. 12. 10.
2. The firſt Particular then being reſolved with ſo much Evidence and Aſſurance, we may with the greateſt Clearneſs reſolve concerning the ſecond or the principal Viſum of every Seal open'd: for it muſt be ſome State of the Kingdom of Chriſt defin'd by the joyning together the Voices that ſumVoices continued; and then, when they ceaſed, the State of the Kingdom of Christ muſt be conſidered by the Viſa themſelves, as under the Ceſſation of thoſe Voices, and by any ſort of
Voices we can find equivalent to them. And in this Method, and no other, that I can underſtand, we may juſtly and truSeals.
For if all the Seals carry on the Kingdom of Chriſt by ſo many Degrees and Steps of Advance, as I have in ſome meaSeal hath ſome State of that Kingdom protuberant or ſwelling out in its Appearance upon that opening, and that the Voice that ſays, Come and ſee, calls to obſerve it, and the ſilence of any ſuch Voice moves EnVoice? and every Viſum, or Thing to be ſeen in both ſorts of Seals, the Voic'd, or the ſeemingly ſilent Seals, are to be judg'd of, as they have ReKingdom of Chriſt, eſpecially becauſe we ſhall find the three laſt Seals without Voices, have ſomething to ſupply the want of the Voices of thoſe four Living Creatures.
3. As to the Time, and its Space, that is meaſur'd out by theſe Seals; ſeeing no Line of Time is expreſly given with them, it is impoſſible to be found out, but either, firſt, by ſome of the Viſa, or things ſeen at the opening of theſe Seals, that are ſo certain, as to be neceſſarily agreed in, and thereViſa of the firſt, and laſt of theſe Seals, that thereby we may know, when they begin, and when they end, by the moſt undoubted Accounts of Hiſtory; or thirdly, by obſerving if there be any Light concerning the juſt middle Point of their Time; or laſtly, by ſome other Line of Time, that may (how much larger ſoever ſo as to comprehend it, yet) ſet Limits to it in its Beginning, Middle, and End, by ſome certain Line of Time that muſt end juſt before it, and ſome other Line of Time that muſt follow it; and that all taſeven Seals, and what Meaſures of Time are and ought to be allow'd to them.
Let us then examine the Importance of every Seal, firſt by what it diſcovers of the Kingdom of Chriſt, upon the joynViſum or thing to be ſeen, and the Voice together, or remarking upon the No Voice, and the equivalent SupViſum or thing to be ſeen, and then collect the Time of theſe ſeven Seals.
The Viſum, or thing to be ſeen of the firſt Seal, is, as is hardly controverted by any, The riding out of Chriſt on his white Horſe, with his Bow, and the Right of a Crown, conquering and to
Thus is Chriſt riding out propheſied of, of Old; Ride proſperouſly becauſe of Truth, Meekneſs, and
The Apoſtolical Voice, deep and loud as Thunder, royal as of a Lyon, the firſt Living Creature, Come and ſee, is a farther Aſſurance, That this was then the State of Chriſt's Kingdom in this free and univerſal Offer of it ſelf: It beſpoke the World therefore in the Language of the reſt of that Pſalm, Be Wiſe now, O ye Kings; Be Inſtructed, ye Judges of the
Serve the Lord with Fear, Rejoyce with Trembling; Kiſs the Son, leſt He be angry, and for breaking his Bands, and caſting his Cords from you, He break you at laſt as a Potters Veſſel, with a Rod of Iron, or as the Stone cut out of the Mountain without Hands ſhivers the Image, of which the next Seal gives a Type.
Now this Appearance of Chriſts Kingdom, and the moſt Holy declar'd Annointed in it, was abſolutely neceſſary to make known the thing
Immediately upon the refuſal of this King upon the Holy
Hill of Zion, He began to uſe his Rod of Iron, and ſent out the Red Horſe of War, the Viſum or Thing to be ſeen under the ſecond Seal, joyned with the Voice of the Goſpel, Come and See; but abated and weakened, not a Voice of Thunder; Whereas had the Kingdom been accepted, the Thunder ſhould not only have continued, but multiplyed into Thunders and Voices, and grown lowder and lowder to introduce the Kingdom; But the
The State of the Kingdom therefore was as retreated in the Gracious and Merciful Offer; The Voice was not ſo Grand, and Sounding, but inſtead of it, He that ſat on the Red Horſe of War, had a Great Sword given him, and It was Given to
ſhould take Peace from the Earth, and that Men ſhould kill one another: This certainly was eſpecially verified in thoſe Deſolations of the Jews under Veſpaſian, and Titus, and thoſe ſucceeding War-like Emperours, Trajan, and Hadrian; under the firſt of which the Deſtruction of
This was a very affrightful appearance of this Kingdom, and of great Evidence of its Greatneſs and Power of RevenJews, thoſe Murtherers and Enemies that would not have Chriſt reign over them, and it returned back upon the Gentiles alſo, and the Roman Empire, guilty of the ſame Oppoſition to the Kingdom of Chriſt, though not againſt the ſame Light, nor with the ſame unnaturalneſs; for as to them, He came more particularly to his own, and his own receiv'd him not, and therefore having after the crucifying of him, rejected his Dominion, the People of that Prince Veſpaſian Came and
Now this great Judgment and Deſolation, as a grand Argument of the Truth of Chriſtianity, in Revenge of which this Deſolation came upon the Jews, and the Reverberations or Repercuſſions, and Returnings of it upon the Heathen Empire, and their Perſecutions of Chriſtians, was a great SubApostolical Voice to enlarge it ſelf upon, and to
King of Kings, who could thus avenge himſelf; and ſo of great Uſe was that Sound of the Voice, Come and See, that beholding the Deſolations that were made by Chriſt in the Earth, they might be
After this ſevere Vengeance of Chriſt by the Rider of the
Red Horſe, there enſues the opening of the third Seal, and the Thing to be ſeen under it was a Black Horſe, and He that ſat upon it had a pair of Ballances in his Hand, and the Apoſtolical Voice continuing as under the
Now that we may judge of the State of the Kingdom, unSeal, it is to be cloſely examined, what this Viſum, or Thing to be ſeen imports, even the Black Horſe, and the Rider with a Pair of Ballances in his Hand; and then the diſtinct Voice in the midſt of the Living Creatures.
It hath been generally interpreted, all to Famine, as if the Seals were a Courſe of Judgments, but beſides that, neither the Firſt, nor the Fifth Seals carry any Signification of JudgDuumvirate of Apocalyptical Interpreters, Mr.
And now the State of the Kingdom, in Relation to this Viſum, I eſtimate by thoſe highly Rational, and
But the other Parts of the State of this Kingdom of Chriſt, born up by the manlieſt Efforts of Reaſon, manag'd by thoſe Apoſtolick Perſons before nam'd, before thoſe forenam'd Emperours, and
After this gracious Tryal and Eſſay upon the Heathen Empire,
to draw it by the
Under this Seal then, in the Time of thoſe many, cruel, and ſhort liv'd Emperours, between Alexander Severus, and Diocleſian, which were as Beaſts of the Earth, for ſavageneſs, and ſo are a moſt famous Historical Commentary upon this Seal, is ſhewen the mighty Vengeance and Wrath of God, upon an impenitent and imperſwaſible Empire, and this by that Apoſtolical Voice, to Come and See, or to conſider it, the State of the Kingdom vindicating it ſelf is ſo far declar'd, that it was even ready to break in with Fury upon the Heathen World, and that Patience ſo much injur'd and abus'd was now about to flame out in utmoſt Wrath; ſo far therefore the Kingdom of Chriſt was advanc'd, as to have made its laſt TryPagan Rome; and upon this undoubtedly, the Apoſtolical Miniſtry inſiſted, in its, Come and See, as Ezekiel
And now as to the State of the Church, all along theſe Seals paſt, There was a plain Appearance of it in the ApoVoices, till juſt the Entrance of the fourth Seal; From that Time theſe Voices ceas'd, which had ſo far, as ſupportImperial Hiſtory, declar'd to us the Times and States of the Church, as before drawn out in the Labour, and Patience, and Sufferings of the Epheſine Church, while thoſe Apoſtolical Voices laſted, although there was ſuch a Leaven of the Apoſtacy hid in it, that it was charg'd to have left its first Love; one great Inſtance of which, was in Victor's Excommunication of the Aſian Churches upon the ſcore of the unwritten Ceremony of keeping Eaſter at all, much more unwritten
The Fifth Seal ſo plainly opens in the Sufferings of the
Chriſtian Martyrs, as to aſſure us, This Prophecy, as alſo other Scripture-prophecies, and Notes of Time, are for the ſake of the Church, and not of Heathen Empires and States: yet by the Courſe of the Seals, we may eaſily know at what hour of the Empire it was, as by referring to the peculiar foreChurch-prophecy, we know under what Symbol of the Church it lies; and from both, That it was the laſt and cruel ten Years Perſecution, or ten Days Tribulation, begun by Diocleſian, while the Chriſtian Church was under that pecuChurch of Smyrna.
That it was about the Time of Diocleſian, the Current of the former Seals, and the immediately following Deſolation of Heatheniſm under Conſtantine aſſure us.
That it was under the Symbol of the Church of Smyrna, its peculiar Character of Sufferings, and ten Days Tribulation, make out; as alſo, in that there was no longer any Apoſtolical Voice, but the
This Seal then is the very Joynt betwixt the Kingdom of Paganiſm falling, but not yet fallen; and that ſhort AppearChriſt's Kingdom in the Christian Empire till Theodoſius the Great. The
And thus we have the State of the Kingdom of Christ in the Church within this Seal aſſur'd by one of the moſt famous Monuments of Eccleſiaſtick History.
The ſixth Seal is that great Seal opened, by which the Heathen
State of the
1. That Heathen Idolatry that had ſeated it ſelf, as in the Heavens, and from thence reach'd down it ſelf into the Earth, and in the Deep, is as by an Earthquake remov'd from below, and as by a Tempeſt above is diſmounted and depoſed from thence: ſo that here Sathan, as the Dragon, was caſt down from Heaven, as by Lightning, according to the Viſion, chap. 12.
2. The Emperours, or Kings of the Earth, and all its great Men, lay'd aſide their Greatneſs, even to their Imperial Purple and
3. From hence it plainly appears, What was to be open'd by Christ's opening of theſe Seals, even no other, than the
glorious viſible Kingdom of Christ, and not his ſpiritual Kingdom only; As an eminent Aſſurance of which, He declar'd himſelf in the
4. Here the State of Chriſt's Kingdom in the Church is ſoChriſtian Empire. In the Church, to ſhew the high towring Synagogue of Sathan, There is no Voice of the Church, but of an Angel, crying to the four Angels not to hurt, &c. a certain Indication of bad Symptoms appearing at this, in it ſelf, happy Change. 2. There was a pure Church and Kingdom of Chriſt yet publick and viſible, but upon the Retreat; for it was juſt now retiring, and about to be ſeal'd, that is, under that over-growing Synagogue. 3. This Kingdom of Chriſt in his Church was to have (abating the general Unhappineſs of fallen ſinful Man) a more quiet and illuſtrious State than heretofore, viz. in a Chriſtian Empire; for till the whole Time of ſealing the Servants of God was paſt, the four Angels, that had the four firſt Trumpets, were comhold the Wind, that no ſuch Hurt could be done upon the Empire, as was after to be done when they ſounded. This was Smyrna's Crown. So that tho' God had determin'd the Period of the Blood-guilty Roman Weſtern Empire, as Imperial, yet it was kept off, till it became Pagan-Antichriſtian (a new
Sealing, that is of covering all the True, viſible Glory of Christianity in the Chriſtian Empire is hereby ſet, viz. until the Firſt Trumpet; For till all was ſealed, no Wind could ſtir; when therefore the
6. At this very joynt of Time, upon the Chriſtian Empire is grafted a Pre-Appearance of the Glory of the New Jeruſalem in the innumerable Palm-bearing Company.
7. That Glorious Kingdom is notwithſtanding the ſixth Seal open'd, apparently ſtay'd, and eſtopped in ſealing the 144000 of Gods Servants, that the Glory of Chriſt in them could not appear. For the Glory of a King is in the Multitude of his People, the
The ſeventh Seal is the laſt Portion of this ſealed Time, and it keeps its hold on all future Time, till the Book and Kingdom are
The State of Chriſts Kingdom is to be underſtood, 1. By the Silence, as Characteriſtick a Note, as any of the former Voices; For in the ſtructure of this Divine Prophecy, the ſymbols are not only drawn and taken from the Events; but He that both manages the Events by his ſupream Power, and erects the
Yet at this Time the Worſhip was both publick and pure in Gods Account, and the Prayers of all Saints came up as Incenſe before him, and the Proſecution, the
So the State of the Empire was during this Time a State of Reſpite, Quiet, Peace, or Victoriouſneſs, and Greatneſs unPrecept given to the four Angels, that held the four Winds, which Precept was yet in full Force and Vertue.
But all this was but for an Half-hour, an imperfect, decurBeaſt's Times have been, and much more ſhall be yet within the Half ▪time:] The
Now the juſt Time of the whole Courſe of the Seals opened, from the
1. By comparing that great opening of the Kingdom of Chriſt at the firſt Seal in the Apoſtolical Preaching, and the magnifiConſtantine's Converſion, [and except that ſhort
2. By comparing all along the 2300 Ev. and Mor. the 75 of the Word going forth, the 490 of the Weeks, the 1260 of the Witneſſes, and its concurrent Numbers, and the 75 of the Voices and Vials we have, and ſhall farther find the ſealed Time determin'd to 400 Years, and ending at 437, when the Trumpets began to ſound; which ought to be ſhewn.
3. By the Signature of the half Time of the Churches Purity, and of the
This I account given by the Voice in the midſt of the four Beaſts in the third Seal, in the very Reign of that Mirror of Magiſtratical Juſtice, Alexander Severus, preſented with the Ballances in his Hand weighing out this Time juſt at the half Time, or 202 years from the Reſurrection, or 237 of Vulgar Account from the Incarnation: to which 202 Years added, as the other half Time, the Apoſtacy enter'd at 437, and then the Trumpets ſounded to the Empires Ruine.
And how fitly is the daily Service, at its juſt and even Ballance, ſymbol'd by the exact care of just Weight and Meaſure, (according to the Charge on the Prince in the Prophet
Oh infinite and ſupream Diſpoſe, that changes Times and Seaſons as it pleaſes, having firſt drawn them in an entire Table, lying always before it; where every Thing is
To him then whoſits on the Throne,and to theLamb,who hath theſealed Bookyetin his Hand,and is even ready tounſeal itintohis Kingdom,within Ten Years to be proclaim'd, beGlory, Bleſſing, Salvation, Dominion, Obedience,foreverandever.
Dan. chap. 8. Page 1.Perſian Monarchy, and the Proof of it. Page 8.Dan. 9. Page 24.Page 28.Page 32.Daniel's laſt and longeſt Viſion, are made from Part to Part. Page 35.Dan. 12. v. 4. &c. to the end. Page 45.Page 52.Page 62.Apoc. c. 4 c. 5. c. 6. c. 7. c. 8. Page 72.
THE Great Line of Time, in the Eye of Prophecy, Time, Times, and Half Time, call'd alſo, Three Days and a half, Twelve hundred Sixty Days, and Forty two Months; All of which, even as each of them concurr, though in diffe
That this Line may be better underſtood, and Apprehen
This Line of Time is nine times to be found in Sacred Daniel it is called Time, Times, Half a Time; once 1260 Days, though concealed ſomewhat by Dan. 7. 25. and Dan. 12. 7. Dan. 12. 11.Forty two Months*, then by Twelve hundred ſixty Days*,
Apoc. 11. 2. Apoc. 11. 3. Apoc. 11. 9. Apoc. 12. 6. Apo. 12. 14. Apoc. 13. 5.Three dayes and a half*, then again by Twelve hundred ſixty Dayes*; then is again reaſſum'd, the
That then, which I ſhall firſt addreſs our Thoughts unto, ſhall be to conſider every Character of Time, given us in ProCharacters one with another; and laſtly, their ſeveral Epochs and Periods.
The firſt Character of Prophetick Time, is Time, Times, Half a Time, or if tranſlated exactly, either according to the Appointed Time, Appointed Times, Appointed Half Time, or, Seaſon, Seaſons, half a Seaſon; and ſo in that firſt Diſtribution of Time according to the Motion of the Sun, and the Moon, the great Luminaries of Heaven, it is uſed Geneſ. 1. 14. for Deſign'd and Appointed Times; and this is very neceſſary to be layd in the FoundaSeaſon, Seaſons, half a Seaſon, muſt be found out by obſerSeaſon it ſelf ſpeaks high, and notorious Deſignation of this Time, Times, Half a Time; and that moſt remarkable Seaſon (of which after-uſe is to be made) ariſes from ſuch a Deſignation, and not an immediate Definition of the Space.
But then ſecondarily, Becauſe a Year, and a Day, are the moſt natural and ready Meaſures of deſigned Time, and ſo may in that forenam'd Scripture be the Explanation of Seaſons,
So then the ſignification of Time, Times, Half a Time, is taken from that firſt moſt known and honourable Account of Time, the Suns Motion from Point to Point in its annual Circle: This is a more honourable Circulation than that of a Day, becauſe the Sun more knownly varies every day from the Point from which, and the Point to which it daily moves, which makes the change of the Year to thoſe ſeveral Seaſons; ſo that although, as Solomon tells us, The Sun riſeth and goeth down, and haſteth to the place where he aroſe, diſtributing Day and Night to the World; yet he neither ſets nor riſes two Days together at the ſame exact Point, but veres to
A Year muſt yet more excel a Month than it does a Day, becauſe the Sun hath the Government of the Day, and of the Year; but the Moon, the much more ignoble Planet, and Governeſs only of the Night, gives to the Months their Chaviz. the twelve Signs in the Zodiack, and the Suns firſt Touch upon Aries, to its gliding off from it to the next Sign, may be call'd a Solar Month; yet neither is it the proper Month, which is defin'd by Lunations, nor is it any Circulation of the Sun with it ſelf, or with its own Motion, or with its great end of en
Times, abſolutely ſo call'd, muſt needs alſo be moſt protwo Times, for the firſt Plurality, or more than one is two; and the more ſo, becauſe it is ſet betwixt one Time, and half a time; for that Number, which exceeds, and reHebrew ſignificantly, It had been three Times.
Half a Time therefore, as it refers to the Beaſts Time, muſt be Time decurtated, or cut off at the middle, (as the GarDavid's Servants, half'd by Hanun in Diſgrace and Diſhonour) to the Beaſts eternal Infamy, and in recompence to his ſurpriſe of the Churches Peace, and Purity, at its half Hour, as ſhall be noted. Apoc. 8. 1.
Time then, as One, denotes Beginning, as One is the beTimes, as Two, denotes Increaſe and
Now theſe Time, Times, Half a Time, might ſignifie only the three Years and a half they firſt import; but that they muſt ſignifie more, we ſhall find very full aſſurance: when therefore we ſhall have reaſon'd that it muſt be more than three Years and a half, it will then appear moſt reaſonable, that each Time ſhould have its moſt perfect Circle: And if a Year be the perfecteſt Circle of Time, then a Year of Years muſt be the moſt perfect and full Circle, beyond which there can be nothing, but a Repetition, or Multiplication of the ſame again and again: ſo then the Time muſt be a Year of Years, the two Times muſt be the ſame Circle twice told, and the Half Time the ſame Circle attempted the third Time, and clip'd off at the Semicircle; which is the Account of this Character of Time, Times, Half a Time, and which is the firſt, and, as will appear, the moſt comprehenſive of the Chaviz. the thouſand Years given us in this Prophecy, as we ſhall ſee after
I come now to the ſecond Character of Days: A Day then The Evening and the Morning were the first Day, aſſoon as Time began: A Day
East to West, and gives Light to one of the Hemiſpheres, and then from
West to East, and ſo haſtens to the Place where he aroſe as near as the aforeſaid Variation will allow, and gives Light to the other Hemiſphere, as Lord of the Day to the World of both Hemiſpheres.
As then on this Account Days are in all Languages expreſMoſes, Pſal. 90. and by the Apoſtle Peter is ſingled out to parallel with a thouMan's Day, by the Apoſtle Paul, is us'd to expreſs the whole courſe of Man's time of judging, in oppoPet. 2. 8.Cor. 4. 3.Day of Judgment, as one Day; and as it is taken a Day for a Year in this Line of Time, ſo we ſhall find in the three Days and a half it is taDay of Years, equal to a Year of Years.
Day threfore is a Standard of Time fairly to be accommoTime, Times, Half a time, there is a fair Reaſon to underſtand them of the very ſame Tenor of Time with what they are ſo con
But as for the accounting a Day for a Year, that reſts upIſrael, Numb. 14. v. 34. (to omit Jacob's old Stile of Time, a Week of Years) in the Wilderneſs, and after that by the ſolemn Inſtitution, as of a prophetical Key, Ezek. 4. I have appointed a Day for a Year; ſo that when there is a concurrence of Prophecy, and Things to be tranſacted, that cannot be tranſacted in ſo ſhort a ſpace as of Days litterally and naturally underſtood; they muſt be ſo underſtood, as we are directed by Prophecy to underſtand them; viz. a Day for a Year, even as without Heſitation we compute into Weeks of Years Daniel's ſeventy Weeks, and ſo into 490 Years.
Now we ſhall find ſuch Tranſactions, fitted to the twelve hundred and ſixty days, that cannot poſſibly be ſuppos'd to have their Motion in three years and a half, ſo that they muſt be Prophetical days, or days for years.
And thus we have ſettled the two firſt, and moſt noble Characters of Time; A year ſignified by a time, and a day, as it is uſed in the three dayes and a half, and in the twelve hundred and ſixty days, with their moſt truly Prophetical Indi
Let us then proceed to the third Character of Months, or the forty two Months.
A Month then, we know, is that Space of Time the Moon deſcribes by Night, in its progreſs through the Zodiack;
Ecliptick Line, the Sun's cerPhaſis, or figure of the Moon is upon perpetual change, even to a Proverb, upon the unWho can (ſaith the Proverb) fit a Coat to the Moon? and ſo is excelTimes and Laws. Not onely by reſcinding the truly Chriſtian Laws, by mens own Additions, contrary to thoſe Laws themſelves; but alſo making perpetually changeable, even the Counterfeits of them, by innumerable new Tradiyeſterday, and to day, the ſame for ever. Beſides that Judaiſme and Heatheniſme, that had ſo many dependencies on the Moon, is the Conſtitution of
Now this Moon, as Governeſs of the Night, as ſo variable in its Motions and Meaſures, gives no Rule of Time by MoMonths or Moons, being certain onely in this, to return from one Conjunction of the Sun to anoNovitas, and the Lunations Novitates, or New Moons.
But I underſtand No Way that it can deſcribe the Circle of a Year, but by its Attendance on the Sun in its Motion, by ſo many new Conjunctions as will moſt agree with the Annual Motion of the Sun; and the neareſt This can be brought to by the Natural Motions of the Moon, there will be between Ten and Eleven Days betwixt the Motion of the Sun and the motion of the Moon upon twelve Conjunctions (call'd therefore Synodical Months) of the Moon with the Sun; For ſo many the Sun requires more to the finiſhing its Annual Courſe, than the Moon needs to its twelve ConjunMonths, as they are moſt properly to be underſtood of Lunations. For if we would interpret them of Solar Months, beſides another greaprogreſſive, not Circular, and ſo not agreeable with a
Now theſe Lunar Months are in conjunction with Time, Times, Half a Time, or three years and a half of Years; and
Days or Years; Twice Forty two Months of Years alſo, but the former coaleſcing, or falGentiles forty two months merg'd in the Forty two months of the Beaſt, and both coextend the Twelve hundred ſixty days, and no more.
I Have thus far ſettled the General Sciagraphy, or Land-Scaph of this Prophetical Line of Time, and ſhall now en
It is then to be known in the Second General;
There are two ſtates of Things, and two kinds of PerſoTime, and the Characters of Time are diſtinctly ſuitviz. to the tyranny of that King, the Scripture-Prophecy calls the Beaſt, and his Gentiles, and to the Suffertrue Church and Servants of God, under that Ty
The whole maſs of Time is therefore divided into the Time of the Night, under the Conduct of the Moon, the GoverDan. 8. 14. viz. The twenty three hundred Evening-Morning; for ſo they are expreſſed in the
As then it is called the Viſion of the Evening and the Morning, ſo the Evening is but One, and the Morning but One. As they are 2300
The whole Maſs of Time, I ſay then, or the Time, Times, Half Time, is diſtributed into twelve hundred ſixty dayes, twice nam'd, but can be but one and the ſame Twelve huntwice forty two months, which, taken as Lunar Time, and ſingle, cannot be equal to Twelve hundred ſixty dayes, or ſo much Solar Time, and taken double, ex
The firſt of theſe, or the Tyranny of the Beaſt, is expreſſed by changing Laws and Times, and wearing out the Saints of the moſt High, by accompliſhing to ſcatter the power of the Holy People, by the Gentiles treading the Court, and the Holy City under foot, whereby the Tammith, viz. the daily, or continual Publick Service of God is taken away, by making War with the Witneſſes and Saints, the Womans Seed, and overcoming, and killing them, as may be ſeen by a compare of Dan. c. 7. c. 8. c. 11. c. 12. and Apocal. c. 11. c. 12. c. 13.
The ſecond State of Things, or the Sufferings of the Church and Servants of God, is expreſſed by the Witneſſes, and Serworn out, given into the Hand of the little Horn, or Beaſt, (for he is call'd both, Dan. 7. v. 8. 12. 25. comlying dead, caſt down, ſtamped upon, ſcattered, the Witneſſes in Sackcloth, and the Woman in the Wilderneſs, ſo as to be hid from the Face of the Serpent. All which appears in the places fore-cited.
Now that we may ſee, how theſe States, and ſo the Chara
Firſt, the Time, Times, Half Time, are the common Womb and Continent of the whole Time; And this Character is therefore given firſt, Dan. 7. 25. And that it might be the
Dan. 12. 7. And then to give a farther notice to it, it is given a third time in the Revelation, Apoc. 12. 14.
But becauſe the juſt ſpace and duration of time, times, ſemi time, cannot be concluded certainly by themſelves, they are ſlid into
And becauſe Time, Times, Semi Time, are both as long, and as broad as the twelve hundred and ſixty dayes, and yet have a more pregnant Intimate part, viz. the Seaſon within the Time, in regard of which, or as referring to that Seaſon, they are call'd Seaſons, We ſhall find the States ſuiviz. Time within Time, or to Seaſon, which is a more pregnant intimate Time within a larger Time; ſo that they may both fill the Character at its utmoſt breadth and length, of Twelve hundred ſixty Years, and twice Forty two Months, and yet more fruitfully ImpregSeaſon, within its more intimate ſpace; Every part therefore of this Character, time, times, ſemi-time, hath the full extent of Twelve hundred and ſixty dayes, and yet
Seaſon, Seaſons, half a Seaſon, but thoſe other words in place of them,
THat the States of the Beaſts Tyranny, and the Church
Firſt then, after the Real Line of Time given, as it were in Subſtance, in four Succeſſive Monarchies, and thoſe repreImage, or Immenſe Statue, Dan. 2. and then unIconiſme of four Beaſts, Dan. 7. The Regnancy of a Prince under the Type of a Little Horn, is made the princiviz. time, times, half a time; and theſe are made ſo proper to him, that whenever theſe are nam'd,
changing Laws and Times, and wearing out the Saints of the moſt High, are ſo long given into his Hand.
Furthermore, becauſe any fixed Limits of Time could not be known by Time, Times, Semi Time, being HieroglyphiMonarchies; There is therefore a Third Viſion, in which the Babylonian Monarchy, as having no farther Place in Time, is cut off altogether, Dan. 8. 1. &c. For it had been accounted in a Former Scripture-Line of Time, viz. the 390, and forty five Days for Years, Ezeck. 4. 5, 6. And therefore if it had not been cut off, when a new Line of Time was to be given; it muſt needs have diſturbed that Line, and all Account by it. The Perſian therefore, the Grecian, and the Roman Monarchies are given in new Symtwenty three hundred Even. Morn. of ProCleanſing of the Sanctuary, and the Breaking of that Prince, ſo Inſolent againſt Christ, the Prince of Princes, broken without Hand, fitted to them.
And ſtill to ſhew the principal drift of Prophecy, at the Little Horn; it is firſt particularly, and notably pourtraied in Antiochus, as a Type, and therefore call'd, a Little Horn, and his principal Action is recorded to be the taking away the daily; For ſo I tranſlate it exactly according to the Hebrew Verity, the Divine Spirit ſeeming to have deſign'd a LiberChriſt, or with Service, or daily Worſhip afChriſt, according to the Rules of the Goſpel; And it is Remarkable, except in this Place, and its parallels, Dan. 11. and Dan. 12. there is not any Example of Tammith, or the Continual, without the Addition of Sacrifice; ſo that I can
Now for the ſake of Taking away the Daily, the Viſion is call'd, the Viſion of the Daily, even as in regard of the 2300 Even. Morn. It is called the Viſion of the Evening and of the
Morning; although it is moſt evident, the Viſion contains much more matter, than juſt of the Daily taken away, viz. of the Perſian Monarchy, and the former parts of the Grecian; and the 2300 Even. Morn. embrace much more Time, than the mere duration of the Daily taken away by
For, by reaſon of the length of a Line of Twenty three hundred Years, ſeeing no particular Time can be aſcertain'd by it; Therefore the next Viſions, either explicitely in the 70 weeks of years, viz. 490 till the end of the half Week, or three years and a half after Meſſiah cut off, and in the 1335, in which the Antitypical, Antichriſtian taking away of the Daily, begins, and endures theſe very 1260
All theſe things being ſo fix'd, that they cannot be otherword going forth, by a full Evidence of Sacred Prophecy in Daniel, and Hiſtory in Ezra, Nehemiah, and Eſther, and this Time is fairly reſolSeals opening until the Trumpets ſounding, viz. from three years and a half, or the laſt half week, ſo long after the Reſurrection, to the VulEmpire unValentinian, the Son of Placidia, began to be violently ſhaken by the Wind of the Trumpets, and its Flouriſh blaſted by the Fire and Hail of the firſt Trumpet mingled with Blood, by the agreement of all Hiſtory, was four hundred years. By all which Account, we muſt needs be in or about the Twelve hundred and fiftieth year of thoſe dark Twelve hundred and ſixty, and no more of them then about Ten remain, when Chriſtianity ſhall grow much brighter and clearer, till the
Let us now then proceed to the Apocalyptical Account of this Line, and the firſt Note of the Time is the Forty two Months, and that is firſt given, that it might exactly touch the taking away the Daily.
For whereas the Prieſts of Jeſus Chriſt, even all his pure Worſhippers, were to come into the Outward Court, the Type of Publick Evangelical Worſhip, or Spiritual SacriConſtantine, and the deſolation of Heatheniſm by him; in ſignification, that that perfectly cleans'd Sanctuary, nor that Kingdom ſhould not yet appear in Glory, but at
firſt Trumpet, the Paganiz'd Antichriſtians crowded in under the very Title of Chriſts Prieſts, or Servants, and ſo took away the Daily, and prepar'd the way to the Beaſts ſurWitneſſes put on Sack-cloth, and the Woman, or Church, fled into the wilderneſs; ſo that the
And whereas there is in Daniel no mention of the Forty two months of the Gentiles, nor of the Beaſts forty two months, which we ſhall be to conſider in this Line alſo, it is with admirable contrivance of the Divine Prophetick Spirit; For in as much as the Time, Times, Semi-Time, are ſo appropriated to the Beaſt, as that they are never alienated from his Action, and the Servants of God ſuffering under him, and are as deſcriBeaſt; for Times in ſome caSeaſon, Seaſons, Half-Seaſon, are abſolutely proper to the Beaſt; and that yet they reſpect principally the intimate part Time, of which hath been ſpoken; therefore Time, Times, Half Time, could not be attributed to the Gentiles, or the other Beaſt, Rev. 13. For that had been an Entrenchment upon the Grand Beaſt.
And yet becauſe the Beaſts time of duration, much more of his Regnancy, was not ſo early as the Twelve hundred ſixty dayes, begun in the Sufferings of the Servants of God, and that the Daily Service is no where ſaid to be taken away by him, but rather from him, or before him, and as in preDan. 8. 11. Marg.Time, Times, Semi Time, as at large, and equal to the 1260 dayes; when the Line comes into ſo diſtinct a Fixation; and none ſo fit, as taken out of the 2300 Even. and ſo declaring their Linage, as theſe Forty two months of the Gentiles under the Influence of him whom
other Beaſt, both of the Eaſtern and Weſtern Empire, of which two Horns, for the ſake of that ſo notorious Dicholomy or Diviſion of the Roman Empire into thoſe two parts, and of a Lamb, for the pretenſions they made to Chriſt, are the Embleme; of which Beaſt more is after to be ſpoken; and whereof the Beaſt himſelf was no ſmall part before, from the firſt till his Regnancy. Ap
13. 10.
Now theſe Gentiles, and this other Beast, which were to be Subjects of the Grand Beaſt, have theſe Forty two months aſſign'd to them to prepare for this Grand Beast, till his Ricauſe an Image to be made to him, and to give Life to the Image, that ſo the Beaſt, that had been wounded in its ſixth head might recover, and live in its ſeventh head, although it did not appear in his Infancy, nor till He came to his Number, or manly Age, viz. at 666. when He took upon him, as Prince, and Lord of the intimate part of Time, which is moſt preciſely Seaſon, Seaſons, Half Seaſon. All which is a full Anſwer to any Objection that the Univerſal Monarchy of the Beaſt cannot be trac'd ſo early as the Prophecy ſuppoſes.
Thus therefore the Gentiles tread the Court, and Holy City, the firſt Forty two months, that is, ſo long of them, as till the Beaſts Exiſtence eſpecially, and indeed till his Time of RegForty two months are merg'd in the Beaſts forty two months, although for the Decorum, or Grace of the Type, they are given intire Forty two months.
And becauſe the Beaſts intimate Time or Seaſon will be ſpent and exhauſted, and the Gentiles forty two months alſo expired before the 1260 dayes be expir'd; He, the Beaſt, hath therefore full Forty two months power of duration, Revel. 13. 5. into which, as was ſaid, the
And if there be ſuch a Prince, whom the Scripture calls a Beaſt, that is, a Paganiz'd Idolatrous Monarch; the Gentiles muſt needs be his People, and in his Service, elſe he muſt be a Prince without a People; ſo that though the Gentiles forty two months are neceſſary before the
But further than this, the Beaſts forty two months have a certain Epoch, viz. at the Year of our Lord 475, in the ceſſaAuguſtulus. Compare 2 Theſſ. 2. with Revel. 17. 10, 11. For the Chriſtian Emperours being the ſixth King, but none of the ſeven Heads, was the he that letted or with-held, as the Empire was the the thing that letted or with-held, that the eighth King, that was yet of the ſeven Heads, could not ſucceed: for an after King cannot ſucceed till the former is gone off the Stage, eſforty two Months of the Beast, as lunar Time to the 1260 Days of ſolar Time, we find thirty eight Years difference; and ſeeing All the whole Line muſt end with the 1260, the Time of the Beasts forty two Months beginning exYears of the Witneſſes Sackcloath, at 437, and All end at 1697.
And becauſe we have ſpoke much of the Intimate Time of the Beast, or of his Seaſon, Seaſons, Half-ſeaſon, within time, times, half a time, we have the Pillar of that Time erected, Revel. 13. 17, 18. when his first Seaſon was well, or about eighteen Years enter'd, viz. at 666, when his Name or Na
Ʋnderſtanding and Reaſon of a Man ſearch
And laſtly, becauſe Imperial Revolutions, as being under the eye of all Hiſtory, moſt livelily repreſented by their EmWestern Empire given by the Divine ApocaEastern Empire, or the taking of Constantinople, by ſuch wonderful Types and Fi(Apoc. 8. v. 7. to the end) by ſuch Images of the Mahometan Saracens, as Locuſts, c. 9. to v. 13. and of the Turkiſh Horſemen, to the end of the Chap. and with ſuch a Relation to the Antichriſtian Idolatries, and their Impenitency therein; a
Behold then, as at a Review, the admirable Structure of it, and the great Inſtructions ariſing from its order of Repetiti
1. The intimate Time of this Line is eſpecially moſt ſonot without an Oath, Dan. 12. 7. to be Time, Times, half a Time, and therein Seaſon, Seaſons, half a Seaſon: and it is cut off,
2. The whole of this Line, and of the laſt ſeventy five Years, is meaſured by even Indictions, or Fifteens of Years; the uſe of which Riſing in the Reign of Conſtantine became well known by the beginning of this Line, which is one great Confirmation, that we are upon the true Time of it; for to declare this, as it were with Induſtry, there are even thirty joyn'd to the 1260, and more openly Three Fifteens, or ForDaniel's Viſion.
3. Each Community hath its juſt ſhare in the intimate and full extended Time of this Line, and each twice given: The Beaſt hath firſt his intimate Time, twice given in Daniel; and by two forty two months, given firſt to his Gentiles, till his own riſing, and then forty two Months to himſelf; he hath the utmoſt extent of Time, Times, half time, as before declaWitneſs, that Apo. 12. 17.da. drawn out of the 2300 mornings aſthree dayes and a half, and the Woman three times and a half, or ſeaſon, or inti
Now that the Time at large, or the Twice 1260 Days, muſt needs be the ſame, and differ only in notion, as the Church, and the Witneſſes, or the Seed that have the Witneſs of Jeſus do, is moſt evident; becauſe lying within the ſame ContiTime, Times, Semi Time, and being both of the longGentiles and the Beaſts months may do; For neither are they ſo united as the Woman and the Witneſſes; And their
And even ſo the three Times and half of the Woman, and the three dayes and half of the Witneſſes muſt be the ſame alſo, ſeeing the Witneſſes and the Woman are the ſame, and the 1260 dayes the ſame, and no difference, but only notional, as was explain'd. For if they were different, the Woman ſhould have no parallel to the three dayes and half of the Witneſſes, nor the Witneſſes have any parallel with the three times and half of the Witneſſes, which, as moſt unbecoming ſo Uniform a Type, are impoſſible alſo in ſuch a ſameneſs.
Thus the Marches, or Out-lying Borders, as well as the Intimate Time are full, on the ſide of both Communities, the Beaſts Tyranny, and the Sufferings of the Servants of God.
The laſt Seventy five years, by the Voices, Revel. 14. and by the Vials, Rev. 16. move on to the two utmoſt Pillars of Time. It is done, It is done, Rev. 16. 17. Rev. 21. 6.
Object. In the former or after Parts of this Diſcourſe, I offer, as I hope, moſt Convictive Proofs of all theſe things in particular, and anſwer all Objections; I ſhall only at this time remove this one, viz. There ſeems no more reaſon to underthe forty two Months, as Lunar Months, than the days of Years, as Lunar Years.
Anſw. There is very great difference, for if we look throughout the Scripture, and the whole manner of Jewiſh Computation of Time, we ſhall find, They always underMonths, Lunar Months; and the very Solemnity of their New Moons abſolutely requir'd it, ſo that to under
But now their Years were ſo neceſſarily Solar Years, for there can indeed be no Year but ſtrictly Solar, that they moſt induſtriouſly provided to Adequate their Lunar Time to their Solar; by Intercalations, and Inſerted Months, or a double Adar, which was their laſt Month of the Year; we every Leap-Year by a double Twenty Eighth of February; As may be ſeen by the Learned, in that Excellent Tract of Maimonides of Intercalations; which gives great light to this whole Matter: As ſhall be farther taken notice of in the af
Having given this general View of this Grand Prophetical Line of Time, which appears to be of ſovereign Uſe to the Church of God, by the ſo often Repetition of it; I think it neceſſary to make theſe Practical Remarks upon it, for the univerſal profit of all that read it.
It ought to adminiſter no Scandal to us, that Chriſtianity hath yet had no greater Effect in the Univerſe upon Jews, Mahometans, Pagans; That it hath not won upon the world to an univerſal Converſion to it; That it hath not prevail'd upon Chriſtians themſelves, to higher degrees of Religious and
Wolf and the Lamb to lye down together; That it hath not fill'd the Earth with the knowledge of God, as the Waters cover the Sea; That it hath not deriv'd down a more univerſal ſtate of outward BleſEnemy hath done all this; in the Wiſdom of God and Chriſt, the old Dragon, the Serpent, Satan hath inhabited, and acted a Beſtian Empire, firſt as Pagan, and in the very appearance of a Dragon, watching to devour the manly Birth of Chriſtianity; and ſince
And this hath been, lo theſe twelve hundred and fifty years, wait only, till the ten are run out alſo, and you ſhall ſee a greater change in the World, than ever yet it hath known; Chriſtianity ſhall then prevail more in a little time, than it hath done ever yet; The Light of one day ſhall be as the Light of ſeven, till it grows brighter and brighter, to the perfect Day of Chriſts Kingdom; the firſt Converſions to Chri
The Witneſſes ſhall then put off their Sack-cloth, the everlaſting Goſpel ſhall be preached to every People and
Stay then you Atheists, and Deſpiſers of all Religion, and aſſwage the high Atheistical Humour, ſee whether God hath not call'd the end, and declar'd it from the beginning, and declar'd all along the great
Let us, conſidering at what Door this fatal Apoſtaſie enter'd, even at a departure from the Apostolical twelve, and ſo grew up to its number 666; let us, I ſay, fear the leaſt refoundation of the Prophets, and
We need not ſo much mind combating Parties in Religrow in Grace and in the Knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jeſus Chriſt; and that will ſecure us from this Error of the Wicked, and from falling from our own ſtedfastneſs; this will
Theſe are two things, in which the Happineſs and Welfare of Man conſiſts, for this World, and for that to come; both which he hath made, as certain and evident to us, as the Light.
One, and the Firſt, and Principal, is true Religion, fix'd in his Word, with the preſent Conſent of Natural Conſcience, and the Awes of that, even whether we will or no. If we would but reſt in the clear, plain, and undoubted Truths of it, and not be haſty of removing from them, till we have full Evidence from them to conduct us farther into Divine Knowledge, without ſuffering our own Fancy to miſlead us, or our Credulity and ſudden Belief of others, to hurry us ac
The Second is Loyalty, or Subjection to the Sovereign Power ſet over us by God, and what that is, we may eaſily know; For the Sword of Juſtice is Supremely in the Hands of it, and the Government of that World in which we live,
Now our Subjection is clear, what it ought to be, even in all things, but our Religion, whether Reveal'd or Natural, for that is Gods; and to be rendered to him onely; All things elſe are Caeſar's. A Chriſtian, as a Chriſtian, can have no Scruple or Doubt in any thing elſe, whatever it be; This he can by no means ſubmit; It is to impeach Sovereignty in its higheſt Orb, even as it is to obey a Subordinate Magiſent by the King, againſt the King and his Supremacy. But in all things elſe, he needs as a Chriſtian ask no Queſtion for Conſcience ſake. What men may, as men, as the Subjects of ſuch Laws, ſuch Eſtabliſhments, as every Nation hath perendering our Lives, our Eſtates, if call'd for by God, and the Edicts of Princes, cannot hurt our Conſcirendering our Religion to any but God and his Word, will.
So theſe two things, Religion and Loyalty, can never claſh, can never interfere; for to deny the ſurrender of our Religion, can never hurt our Loyalty; for to be Religious according to the Word of God onely, and Natural Conſcirender All things elſe without Reſiſtance, and to Love, Honour, Pray for the Prince that rerecompence in the Reſurrection of the Juſt. So a Chriſtian hath no need to be Diſloyal, if he underſtand his Religion aright: It is not our Loyalty to
Father, who is in Heaven; and as Chriſtians we ſhould be aſham'd to deny it; but in Religion, even to the leaſt Ceone Father and Maſter, God and Christ, and here he hath neither Vicar, nor Vice-gerent, but his Spi
We ſhould be content in this time of the Apostaſie, with a mean Condition upon the account of Religion, not to ſeek Grandeur and Honour upon that Title; If God caſts it on us, we ſhould improve it to his Glory and the ſupport of the Service, and Servants of Chriſt, it is the Beaſt and his AdheWitneſſes are in
It is no wonder, there is yet ſo great a Rent and Diviſion in Chriſtian Religion, that any thing unreaſonable, or a frame of things moſt contrary to it, bears up againſt all the urgencies of Scripture and Reaſon, and will not be bafled nor aſhamed; but vouches high, and pretends aloft; ſo it ſhould be, that Propheſie may be fulfilled, The Beast and his Adherents are obſtinate to the laſt, even when the Elevation of things againſt them ſhall be much higher then now, when
they blaſpheme and
But within a Time, a ſhort Time it will be decided; it will come to that publick Declaration of the Witneſſes Aſcention, of
In the mean time, let not any pretence ſtagger us, The man of ſin ought to ſit in the Temple of God; his ſeat then muſt be founded in a profeſſion of the true Religion; his Antiquity ſignifies nothing; for he ought to be a Beast of forty two months of years, or above twelve hundred years standing. His Pretences from any thing ſaid or done before that 1260, how early ſoever, if it be not found evident in Scripture, is of no avail; for the Myſtery of Iniquity, the Womb out of which He came, was at work, and in a Myſtery ſo ſecret, ſo cunning, as not to be diſcern'd by many good men; and all to bring him to what he was, and is; the Spirit of Antichriſt was then in the World.
It is no wonder Princes continue ſo devoted to him, and his City, he calls a Church; the words of God are not yet fulfilled concerning him, but they ſhall conſider, and
But yet on this, nor on any other Account, can there be a Reconciliation, a Compoſition with this falſe ſtate of ChriSynagogue of Satan riſing a-new at the very approach of Chriſt's Kingdom, before the end yet of the 1260 Days: It appears as if there would be ſo; for Philadelphia, the beſt State of the Chriſtian Church before the New Jeruſalem, and with which it united, ſhall receive Acknowledgment from ſuch a Synagogue, that Chriſt hath lov'd it. Revel. 3. 9.
But this Repreſentation of Beſtianiſm, obſtinate, impeni
We know not what may be between this preſent Time, though but a Remnant, and the end of the 1260 Days. There may be an Eye of the Witneſſes kill'd, and lying dead, three days and a half, a return of former Darkneſs in ſome parts at leaſt: I apprehend it not in this Nation; yet God only knoweth; it is not ſo far reveal'd, ſo far as I have found; but I hope not: There may be
So many certain Notes, Characters, and Boundaries of Time as I have drawn together in the compute of this Line of Time with it ſelf, and that are given as Aſſiſtants to it,
If then they are truly Scriptural and Divine, How cerIſraelites ſeverer Uſage by Pharaoh argued againſt their Deliverance by Moſes. All the Diſaffection in the Age to Interpretation of PropheSardis at an Hour it knew not, ſhall be diſprov'd by the Sleepineſs and Unwatchthat Church.
Let us then with Reſolution, Conſtancy of Obedience, Strength of Faith, Labour of Love, Patience of Hope, wait for, and come to the end of theſe ten days, and from them to the 1335 Days, where Bleſſedneſs ſhall certainly be.
But if we ſhould ſay, We may dye before thoſe Ten Years are come to their Period, and there is no Probability or Poſſibility we ſhould live to the ſeventy five beyond, or the 1335 of Bleſſedneſs:
I anſwer; The Saints of God living on Earth ſhall receive their ſhare in all the Glories of his Kingdom, and the ſeveral degrees of it: and they that dye, hoping, waiting, deſiring, praying, ſhall be rais'd in the very ſame poſture of Soul wherein they died: ſo that they, who by a general Faith and Obedience waited, and came in Daniel's Time, and ever ſince, viz. by earneſt Prayers, Come Lord Jeſus, Come quickly, ſhall be bleſſed; even as they who by particular Faith and Obedience wait, and come at the Time it ſelf.
And in the mean time, the Souls of Saints above, the Spirits of just men, who ſhall be perfected at that time, cele
Why ſhould it be thought an incredible thing ▪
that God ſhould draw in his Word the Plot of Future Time to ſo great a Period as the Kingdom of Chriſt? That all Futurity is within the Graſp of Infinite Omniſcience, cannot be doubt
Does it then pertain to the Prerogative of Omniſcience, that Future Things ſhould be known only to himſelf? It does ſo indeed, any further than he is pleas'd to reveal them. But He that challenges the falſe Divinities of the Heathen, that they could not declare things to come, hath certainly giof his Son, whom he hath conſtituted Heir of all things, and put in ſubjection to him the World to come, of which we ſpeak.
Or, is the Glory of Divine Truth ſo great, that even as immediate Appearances, the Power of Miracles, and extraor
When therefore we have, beſides the Interſperſion of ProBleſſed is he that heareth and readeth the words of this Prophecy; Have we not reaſon then to expect the courſe of things to the very end in it?
But does not the Prophecy it ſelf ſay, The Things were ſhortly to come to paſs? So that what is to be found in it pertain'd to the primitive Age, the Deſtruction of Jeruſalem, to the Time when Chriſtianity was well ſettled, and till PaRome became Chriſtian.
It is true indeed, The Divine Revelator, Jeſus Chriſt our Lord, does ſay, the things were ſhortly to come to paſs, that is, to begin to come to paſs. They were then upon motion; but as a great Army is ſaid to come immediately, when the Avant-Corriers are coming, or come, although the whole Body and Rear may be conſiderable diſtances off, ſo this whole Series, and Chain of Events in the Revelation come quickly, although the firſt and the laſt part differ ſo many Ages. Is it not clear and viſible, that there is the Beginning of Things, and the End of Things in every mans ApprehenMahometaniſme? Was it nothing to it, Chriſtianity ſhould be in ſo low and dark a ſtate, as it was from the loweſt Fall of the Weſtern Empire to the Ruine of the Eaſtern Empire, in both which the principal Reſiden
But ſtill, it may be ſaid, If ſuch a Prophecy be, it does not become us to pry into it; it is the Ark of ſecret things, that do not belong to us. Why then does Chriſt ſay, Bleſſed is he that heareth the words of this Prophecy? Why doth he command him
But was it not all one, as if they had not been reveal'd, ſince the Revelation was not pretended to be underſtood in former Times? I anſwer, we do not know what was underApoſtacy ſo cover'd and muffled all Things, and does yet ſo darken them; The univerſal prejudice againſt the Explanation of this Prophecy is, I doubt not, the effects of this Apoſtaſie: But that there hath gone a ſtream of Light from hence to the Servants of Chriſt, by the Witneſſes in eve
When therefore there are ſo many Types ſo very proporRevelation, except that in ſome Chapters, as 11, 12, 13, 17, 21, there are on great occaſions Recollections, and yet even thoſe, in order to going on, as I have abandantly ſhewn; I cannot un
But however, the Glory of God, and of our Lord Jeſus Chriſt ſhall be unſpeakably Great, when the whole AdminiProphecy of the beloved Daniel, and the Apocalypſe of the beloved Apoſtle John, and with Admiration and Raviſhment His Servants ſhall behold the one in the other.
Let all this perſwade us, to have kinder, and more benign Inclinations to the Interpretation of this Prophecy; which, if we are the true Servants, and Lovers of Chriſts Kingdom, we have no reaſon to fear: only the Apoſtaſie, and Enemies of it, have reaſon to fear it. And they indeed have, and do ſtill operate againſt its Expoſition, as knowing it ſpeaks no good of them nor to them, and, which is wonderful, convey, in
Seeing one great Reaſon of the unholineſs of Life among the generality of Chriſtians, is the Apoſtaſie, prevailing againſt the Power of Chriſtianity and Godlineſs, under the Form of it; in this we ought above all to overcome it. It is impoſſible ſo excellent a Doctrine, as of the Goſpel, ſhould be environovercome, in all the luſtre of Chriſtian Graces, whereſhine as Lights in the midſt of a crooked and perverſe Generation. For to this
If we do not overcome the Apoſtaſie in this, we do not overcome it at all; but ſink into it, while we never ſo much pro
I Have thus far in a more general view of the Particulars of this Line, preſented the compute of the Times, and of each of their Characters, with the correſpondent States: I will now more amply and particularly remonſtrate upon the States, and ſo adjuſt them to the Times, and their Characters, as may fully evince their cloſe Connexion, and the abſolute and moſt neceſſary equality of all the States and Characters of this Line, one to and with another.
And that we may plainly have together, and under one Glance, that which hath been ſpoken of, and is farther to be ſpoken of and made good, I thus delineate it.
The States are the Beaſts Tyranny, and the Sufferings of the Servants of God under it; diſtinguiſh'd by various live
The Characters are thoſe Notes of Time God hath affix'd to, and determin'd upon theſe States, making up one Line of Continuance, or Duration of thoſe States.
Theſe two
There is one common Continent, or Womb of Time, that incloſes each State, and all the Characters of Time given to each State, that is, Time, Times, half a Time, with three days and a half, declaring Time at large, and intimate Time, or Seaſons.
There is one equal Standard-Line, making certain and deviz. 1260 going on to 1290. The State fittaking away of the Daily, Dan. 12. v. 11.
Intimate Time taken out of that common Continent is twice given on the Beaſt's ſide, viz. Seaſon, Seaſons, Half Seaſon. The States fitted to each are wearing out the Saints of the moſt High, changing Times and Laws given into his hand, Dan. 7. 25. ſcattering the Power of the holy People, Dan. 12. 7. doing all theſe to the utmoſt, or accompliſhing to do them in the higheſt degree.
The ſame intimate Time is twice given to the Servants of God alſo; viz. Three days and half to the Witneſſes. The State fitted to it is to be kill'd, and to lye dead, but not to be ſuffer'd to be buried or extinguiſh'd, Revel. 11. 7, 8, 9. and three Times and a half to the Woman, whoſe State fitted to it is to be ſo in the Wilderneſs, as to be hid from the Face of the Serpent, but yet to be nouriſhed, Rev. 12. 14.
The Time at large is twice aſſign'd on the Beaſts part, Forty two Months taken out of the 2300 Even. or Nights, given to the Gentiles. The State fitted to them is treading the outward Court, and Holy City, whereby the Daily is taken away, at the very Beginning of the 1260, lying in 1290, acDan. 12. 11. compar'd with Revel. 11. 2, 3. The ſecond Time Forty two Months to the Beast himſelf, Doing all he does to the laſt Continuance or Accompliſhment to the laſt Moment, is the State fitted to them, Revel. 13. 5. and both theſe Forty two Months twiſt into one Space, equal to 1260 Days.
The ſame Time at large is twice adjuſted to the Servants of God in twelve hundred ſixty Days, taken out of the 2300 Morn. or Days; once to the Witneſſes; and the State fitted to it is Prophecy in Sackcloth, yet with great Vertues and Powers reſident in them, Revel. 11. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. and once to the Woman in the Wilderneſs, yet as in a Place prepared by God, where they ſhould feed her, Revel. 12. 6. And theſe two 1260 Days are perfectly both one, neither longer nor ſhorter than themſelves.
Between the Time at large, and Intimate Time, or Seaſon, there is a Pillar erected to ſhew where Seaſon begins, and
viz. The Beaſts Number, as Lord of the intimate Time eſpecially, and it is 666, from its Root 25, after the Reſurrection, to 725; and the State of it is, That no man may buy or ſell that hath not the Mark, or Name on his Right-hand, or on his Fore-head, or the Name, or the Number of the Name, nor ſo much as live if he doth not worſhip the Image. The end of which intimate Time is by Proportion 1517, and ſo on, Rev. 13. 15. to the end.
But now beſides this meaſure of intimate Time, becauſe the Beaſt is Lord of Time, Times, Half a Time, and ſo conForty two Months are an exact Meaſure alſo of the whole Line, beginning at that moſt famous Epoch, ſo well known to Hiſtory, the Ceſſation of the Weſtern Empire 475, whence his
And to confirm the right Calculation of this whole Time to us, Imperial Time is adjuſted to it by the Emblems of the falling Empire in the West, till the vulgar 606, when the Beast, as a Star falling to the Earth, enlightned that Weſtern Empire, ſo darkned before, that neither Sun, nor Moon, or Stars, ſhined in its third part, and preſently after aroſe the Mahometan Hegira, or Account of Time at 626; the which Imperial Time is accounted till the Fall of the Eaſtern Empire, under the ſame Emblem of the third part of Men, which alſo is to be cleared: within ſeventy Years of which, intimate Time ceaſes, and that Change we call the Reformation enſu'd at 1517, repreſented by its moſt ſignificant Emblems, and the Mahometan Power ſtill continued, and yet is to conti
Now of every of theſe particulars, I undertake particuthe Gentiles Forty two Months, and of the Witneſſes twelve hundred ſixty Days in Sack-cloth, and of the Woman in the Wilderneſs, that firſt apSeaſon. In beginning with which, Sacred Prophecy is pleas'd to make the way plainer to us.
To begin then firſt with the Gentiles, Treading the Holy Court and City, which, as hath been declared, does not run as a principal Character, but at fartheſt, to the firſt part of the intimate State, or Seaſon, and there is ſupported by the latter Forty two Months of the Beaſt to the very end of the whole 1260 dayes.
Now the knowledge of this either State or Character of Time, is peculiarly given by the Apocalypſe, and hath no other Intimation in Daniel, than what is common to the Time, Times, Semi-Time, and to the Twelve hundred ſixty, joyn'd with the Thirty more, and ſo making Twelve hundred ninety, at the taking away the Daily, and yet, becauſe it is of very great Uſe and Neceſſity in this Account of Time, thereApocalyptick Prophecy, which ſurpaſſes
Now the great Uſe of this Character is this, When the Beaſt does neither in the Account of Prophecy, nor Accord of HiTwelve hundred ſixty years began, nor reach his State eſpecially deſign'd to be ſet out by Daniels Prophecy, till many years after the 1260 years began, viz. the very beginning of his moſt intimate State, at his ſo often mentioned 666, in previſion of which, it is ſaid, The
Saints, Times and Laws are given into his hand, Seaſon, Seaſons,
Now in Anſwer to this, The Gentiles treading under foot the holy Court and City, appears timely, to give cauſe to all theſe things; and to ſhew the Agreement of Prophecy hereGentiles are no other, than they, that are ſaid, Revel. 13. to dwell on the Earth, whoſe Names are not written from the foundation of the world in the Lambs Book of Life, whom that that other Beaſt, ver. 11. (of whoſe two Horns like a Lamb was ſpoken before, and who is hereafApocalyptick Beaſt, as one with the Pagan Roman Empire in its Idolatrous Univerſality, call'd therefore the Firſt Beaſt, and to make an Image to it, viz. an Image unto its Idolatry, and to its Monarchy; which Things are hereafter to be exBeaſt; but at preſent it is eaſie to be unChriſtianiz'd Pagans of the Roman Empire, were, under the Change of the
For thus, according to Daniel, All theſe things were neBeast, who was the Prince deſign'd, and on whom all redounded in the Iſſue, and theſe Gentiles unother Beaſt were to be his Subjects, and the other Beast his Falſe Prophet, zealous of him and of his worſhip, and ſo the Daily worſhip was Taken away from before him, or out of his way, the way of his Riſing, as Daniel fore
And thus, according to the Revel. the Gentiles tread the Holy Court, and the Witneſſes put on Sack-cloth upon it, and the Woman flyes into the Wilderneſs; for what theſe Gentiles do, they do by the Conduct of that
How fitly then, the Gentiles Forty two months of treading the Holy Court are made the Firſt note of Time, will be eaſi
1. That the Holy City firſt, and then the Outer-Court of the Temple was the onely due place of Sacrifice, of the Jews Daily of Publick Worſhip, after God had plac'd his Name there; So that no fitter Type of the Daily Chriſtian Services and Sacrifices, than the Holy City, and the Outward Court of the Temple.
2. That nothing could more expreſs the Taking away the Jews Daily Sacrifice, than the Gentiles invading, crowding in, and filling the City and Court; For how great a violatiPaul, upon a ſuppoſition of a Gentile brought by him into the Temple; ſo their Daily Sacrifice muſt ceaſe of neceſſity, upon the Gentiles coming into the Holy City and Court, by an Authoriz'd Violence, like a Flood, and continuing ſo to do; therefore the Gentiles Treading the Court, makes a fit Symbole of the Jewiſh Daily Service Taken away; ProporGentiles, or Paganiz'd Chriſtians, taking up the whole room of it, as if they were the Church and PeoChriſtian Publick Service, and thruſting out the true Worſhippers; Theſe uncircumciſed, in Heart and in Fleſh, not inwardly Gracious, nor keeping ſo much as to the outward circumciſion of the pure Worſhip of God, break the very Covenant of Sacrifice, and Holy Service to God; for no ſuch are to enter the
This moſt admirably alſo anſwers the prophetical Type of the daily Sacrifice taken away by Antiochus,
Epiphanes.
Jews would make a Covenant with the Heathen, and obtained Licence of the King to do after the OrdinanHeathen; becauſe the Land had more Peace then, whereupon they built a Place of Exerciſe at Jeruſalem, acHeathen; and then in Gods Account the daily was taken away from, or before that wicked Prince Antiochus, Dan. 8. 11. Then he entred Proudly into the Sanctuary, and ſo things went on to the utmoſt Extremileave their own Laws, and the People be one, and whoever would not do according to the Commandment of the King, ſhould dye, and the
But exactly three years after, as the Hiſtory reports, the ſanctuary was cleans'd, and the daily ſervice reſtored; and a year after that Antiochus dyed as a Prince broken without hand. This is the ſum of the Relation, 1 Macc. c. 1. c. 4. cap. 6.
Now how admirably this prophetical Type of Antiochus's enacting the taking away the daily Jewiſh ſervice, the way being prepared by the paganiz'd Jews, the Methods and DeWitneſs and Prophet of their own, a Scripture of their own Canonizing, ſuch an Eye of time though much ſhorter, and ſuch a Typical Deline
But that in which we are at preſent moſt intereſſed, is, That by the Apoſtacy of the Gentiliz'd Chriſtians, the DaiSackcloth of the WitGymnaſium, that Place of Exerciſe, or Academy for Idolatry, to train and ſchool men up to it, was brought inPaganiſm began the Covenant or Compoſition between
4. There is in this very Epoch of the wonderful Line we are upon, ſuch a Concurrence of Prophetical Notes both of the States, and of the Times adjuſted, that it is as if the Ho
For firſt, the treading the Holy City and the Court, is in words the very ſame with the place of the Sanctuary cast down, and the Sanctuary, and the Host given to be trodden under foot,
Viſion of the Daily taken away, and of the 2300 Ev. Morn. From whence is to be concluded, that the Forty two Months muſt, as was before aſſerted, be detach'd from the 2300 Even. and that there the
The 1260 Days immediately following in Account, as concurrent with the 42 Months, ſhew, They are taken out of the 2300 Morn. and confirm this to be the Time of the Daily taken away, becauſe the Daily taken away is the ChaTwelve hundred ninety; of which Twelve hundred, ſixty muſt needs be part, ſee
The twelve hundred ſixty being joyn'd, and the ſame twelve hundred ſixty, with thoſe of the Womans dwelling in the Wilderneſs, do both ſet the Era, or beginning of that State, to be even with the
I confeſs, it may ſeem, the Church is ſooner in the Wilderneſs than the
But to clear this, it is to be conſider'd, there are three ſynchronous Deſcriptions of the very Beginning of this Line of Time, or of the Apoſtacy.
The firſt is bottom'd upon the ſubſtantial and ſenſible Foundations of Imperial Hiſtory, under prophetick Figures; viz. Of the blaſted Western Empire, embelliſh'd with very curious Types of the Apoſtacy then beginning, as ſhall be ſhewn upon the first Trumpet ſounding, when we come to it.
The ſecond is by the more Scriptural Images of the Witneſſes putting on Sackcloth, on account of the
And the third by the parallel Shade of the Woman flying into the Wilderneſs.
The Firſt hath a plain diſtinct Indication of things prepaRevel. 6. 11. c. 7. c. 8. v. 1.ſealing the 144000 Sufferings after the Chriſtian Empire, in the Silence in Heaven for only half an Hour, in the Angels preparing to ſound; all which were ſo many diſtinct Steps towards the Apoſtacy. This is the moſt full and clear.
The Second hath one like it, in the Reed given to John, with a Command to meaſure the Temple, which was parallel and contemporary to the Sealing, by all Rules of Proporti
The Third is, the Womans flying into the Wilderneſs; where indeed there is no open mention of a Preparation, but the Event is given in one view, viz. The Woman flying into the Wilderneſs; yet in that the Woman having been firſt ſpoken
Apoſtacy, as alſo to joyn the Witneſſes, and the Womans twelve hundred ſixty Days into one; and the true Order both of that Preparation and Vergency, as alſo of the 1260 Days beginning is given in the ſecond giving of the Womans Times and Half Time, as ſhall be made moſt clear, when we come to parallel theſe three ſynchronous Deſcriptions in their Events at the First Trumpet.
Now as to the Involution of theſe Three States, and ChaDaily Service of God is taken away, and the Beſtian Gentiles delay the Kingto the Antichriſtian Prince; the Witneſſes muſt, if there be ſuch a prophetick Type, prophecy in Sackcloth, and retire to the Altar of Incenſe, as to private Worſhip: and if the Woman be the ſame with the Witneſſes or her Seed; if They are hid in Sackcloth, and there be ſuch a Type as of her ſelf in the Wilderneſs fed with hidden Manna; how can both be, but at the ſame Time? And if the Witneſſes be in Sackcloth, and the VVoman in the VVilderneſs, and there be ſuch a Type as of the Gentiles treading the Holy Court, That, and That only, being then in view (the Beast being not riSealing, which ſignifies Secrecy, Retirement, and Delay, the efficacy of that muſt be at the ſame Time with the parallel Symbols: for this ought to be a Standard throughout; The Gentiles and the Beast cauſing the Sufferings of God's Ser
There are yet two Symbols more, Tangents, or immeditrue Worſhippers, retiring within the Temple, enfolded with the Gentiles entring the outer Court, and the Servants of God under the efficacy of their Seal, at the firſt Trumpet.
That we may make all things then moſt clear, with rela
Now there are four Symbols, all meeting to begin this Time, upon each of which, we may either Recollect the Subſtance of what hath been already ſpoken upon any of them, or dilate our Thoughts upon what in any of them hath not yet been explain'd, and ſee how any Intimations, or Notes of Compare among themſelves reflect Light from one to another.
1. That which comes firſt in the order of the Prophecy, as alſo in order of nature, is, the ſealing the hundred forty four thouſand, into a Secreſie and cloſe Retirement; For a Seal on their Foreheads, and the Name of the Lambs Father written on their Foreheads, differ, as a Writing ſeal'd, and a Title open, and in Capital Letters; compare Revel. 7. v. 1. &c. and Revel. 14. v. 1. &c.
2. The Temple, the Altar, and the Worſhippers therein, Remeaſures, is the next given Symbol. And here it is neceſſary to inquire, what is meant by the Temple, and the Altar, becauſe the Temple ſometimes is taken for the whole Area or ground, upon which it ſelf, and all its Courts and Avenues ſtood, yea, even the whole City Jeruſalem was reputed a Court to it, and the Holy City thereupon we find it ſtyl'd. But the Temple at other times is taken ſtrictly for that retyr'd part of it that was under coPrieſts only came; There were alAltars, one in the Outer Court, which was the Altar of Burnt-offering and
Now it may be a Doubt, what Temple, and what Altar are here intended, and the deciding of the Altar will much contribute to the deciding of the Temple; And that the AlTemple, in which it ſtood, before the Vail, or the Holy of Holies, theſe three things do enough aſſure us.
1. The Altar of Incenſe is brought into view and obſermeaſuring the Temple, (as ſhall be prov'd) and in diſtinction from that Altar, unSouls lay as Sacrifices, compare Revel. 6. ver. 9. ca. 8. v. 5. &c: as it were to intimate, that the Daily PubSacrifice, was near its Taking away, and the private cloſe Worſhip at the Altar of In
2. The Cry for the looſing the four Angels, bound in Euphrates, ſounds from this
3. The very Symbol it ſelf ſpeaks an inwardeſt Retirement within the Temple, and to the Altar encloſed within that; For whatſoever was outward, viz. the Outward Court and City, was caſt out to the Gentiles, who trode under foot the Sanctuary, and Holy place of Publick Sacrifice, viz. the Court, where the Sacrifices and People had place, and ſo make up this Symbol: For the Gentiles having the Outward Court of Sacrifice under their Feet, the Daily Service became taken away; ſo the True Worſhippers retir'd to ſecret Service at the Altar of Incenſe, the Apocalyptick Type of Prayers, c. 8. v. 3.
3. The third Symbol is the Witneſſes in Sackcloth, that, as hath been ſaid, is a mournful Habit, and covers that Glory
Prophecy imports a Delay of ſome admirable Things they declar'd, which till Twelve hundred ſixty dayes paſt could not come to paſs.
4. The Woman in the wilderneſs, yet in a place prepared by God, where ſhe ſhall be Fed, as Elijah in the wilderneſs, in a high and wonderful manner, 1 Kings c. 19. v. 5. 6. makes the fourth and laſt Symbol. Revel. 12. 6. Now a Wilderwilderneſs, fed like Elijah, couChurch with the Witneſſes, who are ſo eminently reElijah; and ſhews, they are the ſame in ſubſtance Revel. 11. 6.Woman, under onely the different Notions of ſingle, and collected, as was before explain'd.
Now all theſe Symbols are of neareſt Importance; for all ſpeak Inviſibility, Secreſie, and a State out of view and ſight, and which conceales its true Excellency within it ſelf; ſo does being Sealed, ſo does worſhipping at the Altar of Incenſe, and within the Temple, ſo does the Sackcloth of two ſo great Prophets, ſo does a Church, or Woman in the wilderneſs, and all theſe are upon Perſonages of the ſame Character; For ſo are the Servants of God, ſo are the true worſhippers at the Altar in the Temple, ſo are the
All theſe ſo cloſely coordinated Symbols, would of themviz. 1260 d. But becauſe there can be no proof ſo great of the Beginning of theſe Twelve hundred ſixty dayes, nor of their whole, full, and entire length, and the ſeveral other Notes of Time that will fall in, each in their due place, as the Beaſts forty two months, His Number 666,
Seaſon, Seaſons, half Seaſon of intimate Time, the Five months, and Five months granted to the Locuſts, Revel. 9. v. 5. 10. the
1. To apply to the ſealing, to the Altar of Incenſe, and the Temple-worſhipers, to the Witneſſes in Sack-cloth, and to the Woman in the Wilderneſs, the Notes of Hiſtory correſpondent to their Beginning, according to the Prophetical Symbols, and beginning together with the Gentiles forty two Months.
2. From this Epoch or beginning to paſs by the Prophetical Symbols in agreement with the hiſtorical Records to the
3. By the ſame ſupports from Prophecy, and Hiſtory, to paſs to the beginning of the five and five Months, and the ſpace of Time thereby denoted, granted to the Locuſts, Revel. 9. 5. 10.
4. Within which ſpace, the beginning of intimate Time, the reaſon of it, and its whole duration will fall under Ex
5. About the midſt of intimate Time, the Hour, Day, Month, and Year of that vast Army of the Horſemen, will enkilling the third part of men, or the end of that ſpace of Time, but not of that Power figured by them, nor of the Woe they brought.
6. At the end of intimate Time, and after the killing the third part of men, we ſhall be brought upon the Time of the aforeſaid ſolemn Oath, that Time ſhall be no more, which will carry us to the end of this whole Line, and wind us up with
All which, by the guidance of the Prophecy it ſelf, and the aſſiſtance of the Holy Spirit of it will aſſure us by the moſt illuſtrious and ſtately products of that whole Time and of greateſt Concernment to the Chriſtian World, that theſe 1260 years are a moſt definite ſpace of ſo many, and no fewNatural or Prophetical Time, according to the Standard of a day for a year, for the Scripture-Regiſter knows no other ſort of Time, nor can any inſtance be given of any other, therefore they muſt be prophetical days, or days of years, and months of years, ſince the Events deſtin'd by God to them, are ſo much too great and large for natural Time in their own Nature, and in the prophetical deſcyphar, that no more, then a year can be a year, and yet be crowded up within a Month, a Day, or Hour; no more can thoſe long Tracts of Time-ſome Action be fettered within three years and a half, the higheſt amount of thoſe Characters of Time, if naturally un
THat I may ſettle the beginning of the 1260 Days, &c. aright; the Contents of this Section muſt be an
1. How far the ſeven Seals had brought down Time from our Lord's Reſurrection to the firſt of the ſeven Trumpets, muſt be diligently enquir'd and ſettled, ſeeing one follow on the other.
2. The Importance of the ſealing the Sevants of God after the ſeven Seals open'd, and the conſpiring of that Symbol with the Retirement of the Worſhippers within the Temple, the Witneſſes under Sackcloth, and the Woman into the Wilderneſs, muſt be determin'd and ſettled; for the Sealing's Effica
3. The Scope and Intention of the Trumpets is to be carefour and the ſixth diſplay upon third part of Men, what third part of Men it is they play upon, muſt be found: for the Trumpets play upon that Third of Men runs along the whole Line we are upon; and why all this Play upon a Chriſtian Empire?
4. It muſt be duely reſearch'd, what the Symbols of the three firſt Trumpets convey to our notice, to what Time Hi
5. It muſt be juſtly ſtated, what the Dragon means, and how his Perſecution of the Woman can agree with the ExplaTrumpets, ſeeing both muſt be at the beginning of the Line, becauſe then was the Womans firſt Flight into the Wilderneſs, which was at the firſt of the 1260 Days.
Now if all theſe can be rationally according to this ProTrumpets ſounding; and both to be at Ann. Dom. 437, and to reach in the three firſt Trumpets to the Beaſts riſing, at 475; then that will be done which ought to be done: for by neceſſary Conſequence, the Line muſt end at 1697.
I begin with the firſt; viz. to enquire, How far the ſeven Seals open'd had brought down Time from our Lord's Reſurrection to the firſt of the
Now, ſince it is very evident, the Reſurrection of Christ begins the whole courſe of Apocalyptical Time, I know not what can be more demonſtrative of any point of Time, than to find the Prophecy by the moſt lively Pictures, and EmReſurrection Ann. Dom, Vul. 33, to a Time given, viz. to the Trumpets ſuppos'd to be Ann. Dom. Vul. 437. that is from the Reſurrection the Apocalyptical Epoch or Time be
Now what could more congruouſly, and even undeniaReſurrection, than Chriſt riding out in his Majeſty and Glory in the univerſal preaching of the Goſpel by an Apoſtolical Miniſtry, and thereby claiming his King
What follows more uninterruptedly upon that than that warlike ſett of Emperours, and upon the red Horſe of War, arm'd with a great Sword given them; viz. Veſpaſian, Titus, Trajan, Hadrian, reſpecting eſpecially the Deſolations of the Jewiſh Nation, according to the Prophecy, Dan. 9. ult. which was perfectly fulfill'd by the laſt of theſe nam'd Empethe ſecond Seal.
Can any thing more juſtifiably follow this Train of EmAntonines, or cloſe with greater Eſclatt and Renown than in
Who can deny, that a Chain of ſalvage Emperours preſs'd upon the Heels of Alexander, in whoſe Equipage, Famine, Peſtilence, the Sword attended, and was moſt fitly given with the Device of Hell and Death waiting upon the diſmal Pomp of theſe Beaſts of the Earth in the fourth Seal.
Is it poſſible to overſee the Perſecution rais'd by Diocleſian, that ceaſed not by the ſpace of ten Years, in which all the Chriſtian Blood ſhed by the
No more can it be denied, That that great Shake of the Power of the Spirits of the Air above, and of the Heathen Idolatrous Powers below, is admirably pourtrayed in the ſixth Seal opened.
After which, we find an induſtrious Delay to the ſeventh Seal in the new ſealing; and the ſeventh Seal, when opened, did moſt leiſurely produce the very ſounding of the Trumpets; for firſt, There was the ſilence of half an hour, a ſhort and imperfect Time indeed, but it ſtay'd the Effect of the Sealing; for not till that half Hour paſt, the Trumpets were deliver'd to the Angels. After that there was a ſolemn Service of Chridaily Service yet continuing, and upon the Acceptance of it a ſecond demoliſhing of Paganiſm by
Now from that Time, or Theodoſius the Great's Death, within a Year after, at 395, or near it, all Hiſtory dates the Declination of the Weſtern Empire, and Prophecy agreeably
Angels preparing to ſound, in the many ImpreſTheodoſius died to 437, or 404 from the Reſurrection, ſomewhat above forty Years, but according to the Half time exactly before obſerv'd, at Alexander Severus's death, An. Vulg. 237, or 202, from the general Epoch, the Reſurrection, with this half 404.
Let us now Review the wonderful Conſent and HarmoProphecy, the one keeping hand in hand with the other, in ſuch an even, uninterrupted, and juſt ſuceſſi
I come now to the Second Enquiry, viz. into the ImporSealing; wherein theſe two things will deſerve our particular Examination.
1. What the moſt natural and ready ſignifications of Sea
2. When the Efficacy of this Sealing began; for that leads the Time of the Trumpets, even as the Trumpets fix the Time of the Sealings Efficacy.
As to the Firſt; it is to be known, that Sealing imports three things;
1. Secrecy, and Retirement from general and ordinary obAntichriſtians caſting them out for Gods name ſake, their Retiring from the common corruption of Publick Worſhip, their mourning for the Gentiliſme brought in, and the Kingdom of Chriſt not appearing, their not being ſuffered to meet as a Church, a Body, or Congregation of Saints, and the Glory of God and Chriſt not ſhining out yet upon them, brought them into the Secreſie of a ſealed condition, immur'd them within the Temple, and at the Altar of Incenſe, cas'd them in Sackcloth, and ſcatter'd them as into a Wilderneſs; ſo that at length the Serpent himſelf could not find them; and all this from the beginning of the firſt Trumpets ſound, at 437, till 1697, more or leſs.
2. Sealing intends Security and Preſervation; Thus TreaSealing, the Temple being the Secret of Gods Preſence, their Sackcloth Prophecy arm'd them, as by vertue of the Sealing, with a mighty power of Miracles, and Fire going out of their Mouths to deſtroy their Adverſaries; the Church, even in the Wilderneſs, is depoſited in a place prepared by God for her, that ſhe might be fed: and all to this purpoſe, That they might, though they might ſuffer in the common Calahurt in their true Eſſential Glory by the Dragon, but that they ſhall Reign when He is Bound; nor ſo ſhut up, but that the Temple ſhall be opened, &c. nor be ſo overcome by the Beaſt, but that they ſhall Riſe again, aſcend to Heaven in a Cloud, their Enemies beholding them with terrour, and appear in
3. Moſt immediately, and cloſe to the purpoſe of the preSealing ſpeaks Delay, and Eſtoppage from a
ſealing is provided to claſpe and indent with the former Symſealing the Book of Chriſt's Kingdom, Dan. 12. 4. till the end: when therefore at the ſixth Seal opened, the Empire became Chrimanly Birth was caught up to the Throne of God, the Dragon was cast down, and a Song of Victory ſung upſealing followed to ſtay this Glory, and as it were to arreſt its Appearance: it was therefore hid from hurt, becauſe the Glory did not appear to be hurt, dutime, times, half a time, according to the Oath of Chriſt; immediately therefore, in purſuance of the former Symbol, the Servants of God are ſeal'd, the Worſhippers worTemple; the Witneſſes do not enjoy, but prophecy, and that in Sackcloth; the Woman flies to her cloſe Receptacle in the Wilderneſs; and even in purſuance of this ſame Symbol, the ſeven thunders are ſeal'd, as we ſhall ſee, Cap. 10.
And all this to that very purpoſe, that the Beast may have his time, times, till the Morning of the half-time, when in Declaration of the Right of Chriſt, even then to take the Kingdom, becauſe the half-time was entred, as the third Day was in the Morning of Chriſt's Reſurrection, the Thunders began. But that the Beast might have his whole half-time alThunders were again ſeal'd down.
For were not the Kingdom of Christ thus under Seal, its Brightneſs would immediately conſume the man of Sin and his Beſtian Kingdom, as will be ſeen at the end of the 1260 Days, viz. Ann. 1697, in the firſt appearance of Chriſt's Kingdom, and more fully at the Appearance it ſelf 75 Years after.
Let us now inquire when this ſealing had its Efficacy, and we ſhall find it hath its Efficacy diſtinguiſhingly, as to the fixing its Epoch, or Beginning, at the firſt of the first Trumpet, and ſo on, during the whole Time of the
For we find it is thus expreſly determin'd to the firſt of the firſt two Trumpets; for nothing that was hurt in thoſe two firſt Trumpets, viz. the Earth, nor the Sea, nor any Tree, was to be hurt till the ſealing paſt: And why was it ſo? but that the Seal might have its defenſive Vertue on the ſealed; which Defence was certainly as early as the hurt, elſe it could not defend. It is expreſly continu'd all the firſt and ſecond Trumpet by naming the
But becauſe the Spirit of God would lead us to the new date of Time, viz. the Beaſts forty two Months, negotiated by the event of the third Trumpet, or the Imperial Star falling; which
Now becauſe of all this, the Spirit of God comprehends only what pertain'd to the firſt two Trumpets within the exhurt; viz. the Earth and Trees
firſt Trumpet, and the Sea of the ſecond Trumpet, till the Servants of God were ſeal'd, Revel. 7. 2, 3. ſhewing plainſealing began: where firſt, the Earth, and all green things were hurt in the firſt, and the Sea in the ſecond Trumpet, and as it were, to hint the Beaſts forty two months, falling within the third Trumpet, and ſo going on in the fourth; There is no mention of the ſecuFountains, nor the Lights of Heaven, until the Servants of God were
Then Rome ſeems to be again enlightned, not long before the Mahometan Hegire, when the Locuſts came forth; and therefore then Divine Judgment purſues by three woe Trumpets, becauſe then the ſurpriſe of the Kingdom of Chriſt, by the cheat of
But after another concurrent date of Time, viz. the Five, and five Months of the Locuſts, Revel. 9. 15. 10. given new in the fifth Trumpet, the ſealing is there mention'd again; and in the ſixth Trumpet, where the Hour, Day, Month, and Year of the Horſemen began, there is a parallel Symbol of Secreſie and Security with the ſealing, viz. the true Worſhippers crying out from the
Now, by all theſe the Spirit of God does interpoint and diſtinguiſh the beginning of the Lines of ſeveral Times, that fall in with the great entire Line of the 1260 Days; and notes when they began; which new Lines, do ſome way or other note when that great Line began, and when it ſhall end; viz. by the Proportion thoſe other Lines, however beſeven Thunders ſeal'd, will admirably ſhew it ſelf at 1517, when the laſt 180 Years, or Half-time, began; at which Time the Diviſion of ſo many States from Rome firſt ap
So ſtrongly, although requiring ſtrict Attention and Ob
I ſhall but juſt ſalute the Third Enquiry, and finiſh the firſt Point diſcours'd, viz. its Beginning: And becauſe it joyns in aſſuring this Beginning, I muſt, as I ſay, ſalute it.
And this Third Enquiry is to Reſearch what is the meanApocalyptical Symbol, the Trumpets.
Now from the general Uſe, and univerſal Signification of a Trumpet, as an Alarm to War, and the diſmal conſequences of it, theſe Trumpets certainly ſignifie the ſame, as appears by the courſe of the Trumpets; for every Trumpet calls to ſome War, and the ſeventh to the Battel of Armageddon; They are therefore ſo many loud Sounds of the Indigna
Theſe two firſt Trumpets then, as beginning at 437, ſumBarbarian Nations to fall on, on all parts of the Empire, as they had began to do, by the vertue of the Angels preparing themſelves to ſound. About this time,
From hence therefore we obtain the clear Agreement of Time with the Symbol of the Firſt three Trumpets, as their Blaſt fell upon the third part of men, the Figure of the Roman Empire, in Agreement with the
But that the Miniſtration of the Trumpets may anſwer the Miniſtration by the Servants of God in his Church, at the Seals opened; beſides this Semblance of the Trumpets with War, Holy Writing leads us to another, viz. the Sacred uſe of Trumpets in the giving of the Law, Exod. 19. And they were inſtituted by God to call the Congregation of the SerAltar of Incenſe; There was alſo the Feaſt of Trumpets, on the Firſt Day of the Seventh Month, joyn'd with the Reading of that Law, upon which follow'd the Solemn Faſt, on the Tenth Day, Levit. 23. 23, &c. and Numb. 29. 2. Thus by theſe Trumpets, the Witneſſes began their Prophecy, and Teſtimony for the Commandments of God, and Doctrine of Jeſus, and in Sackcloth and Faſting. Theſe Prophets and Watchmen blew the Trumpet according to the
Ezek. 32. v. 1, &c. And according to this Blowing the trumpets, the Camp, the Congregation, the Woman the Church, made its motions in the Wilderneſs, acNumb. 10. v. 1, &c. So admirably does this SymGentiles forty two Months of treading the Holy Court, with the Worſhippers at the Altar of Incenſe, with the Witneſſes Prophecy in Sackcloth, and the Womans Flight into the Wilderneſs, as on Eagles wings, in regard of Divine Providence, as well as of the Roman Eaſtern and Weſtern Empire Apoſtatizing.
And how fitly does the whole Apocalyptical Time anJews Feaſt of the Paſſover at the Reſurrection of Chriſt, united with the Feaſt of Weeks, at the giving of the Spirit, and John's being in the Spirit when he receiv'd the Revelation: and then follows the Interval of the Seals opened, like that Interval of Feaſts, till the day of blowing the Trumpets, and the Faſt, or Sackcloth; after which, follows the TriumFeaſt of Tabernacles, ſo celebrated Numb. 29. by the Ennumeration of every Day's Services, like the cleanſing of the Sanctuary, by the ſolemn Obſervation of it at the reſtoring Jeruſalem, Ezra 3. 4. in Image of the New
Thus all things concurring, even to Miracle, or a Dedays, at 437, and ſo upon the end of it at 1697.
Let it then be certainly apprehended by all that love Chriſts
Kingdom, what God hath ſo determin'd ſhall come to paſs, and that He the Lord will haſten it in its own Time, He will work, and none ſhall let it; The Iſraelites went out of Egypt to a Day, at the 430 years end of their ſojourning, and no ſinful
We ſee how at this day the Turkiſh Power, that hath been ſo long the Terrour, Scourge, and Woe of the World, call'd Chriſtian, Falls when God pleaſes; their ſtrong Holds
Our Duty is to ſtand ſtill, to be in our Station of Subjection to the Powers that are over us, and to ſee the Salvation of God, and He, that put it into the Hearts of Princes to agree, and give their Power to the Beaſt, untill His words ſhall be fulfill'd, will alſo put it into their Heart to agree to do, what ſhall then be to be done by his Appointment. Our right ſenſe of which, and ſuitable Obedience to our Prince, will be an Honour to Chriſtianity, to our Hearing and Reading this Prophecy and a Safety to our Souls, (if it ſhould not be, as it is moſt likely to be, and we have the Royal Promiſe it ſhall be, and I much hope it in theſe Nations, even according to this Prophecy) to our Concernments in this World.
And thus I have brought to a Point the Beginning of this Line, at 437, which is the Foundation of all, and according
PAge 20. Line 3. for ſixth read ſeventh. p. 23. 6th line before the laſt, for Witneſſes read Woman. p. 24. l. 15. As every Leap-Year we double February 24, to equal the Suns Year to our Account. p. 58. l. 1. blot all of. p. 64. l. 14. read Myrtle.
HAving given a general Account of the things nam'd in the Contents, ſo far as is neceſſary to ſettle the BeginThird part of men, both that, It means the Roman Imperial Power, as alſo why, the Empire being Chriſtian, there was ſuch an Effuſion or Wrath upon it, that ſo the whole Line may be thereby aſcertain'd.
The firſt Time then, in true order of nature in this ProThird Part is found and made uſe of, is in that Viſion of the Dragon, Revel. 12. 3. Where, I think, hardly any Interpreter does not think there is a Repreſentation of the Roman Pagan Empire, in one Line or other of that Table.
And indeed, when we conſider the Prophecy hath the Roman Empire for its great Subject, ſeeing in the Days of that, and at the end of that, Chriſt's glorious Kingdom is to be eſtabliſh'd, it is every where (where it can be) to be ſupViſion to this,
The third part then of the Stars bruſh'd down as it were with the Tail of the Dragon, whatever ſpiritual Signification it hath of the Sathanick Power, does alſo ſuppoſe thoſe SuRoman Imperialiſm diſſtamping upon them with its Legs of Iron, according to Daniel. The Emblem is lively, Dan. 7. 7.Roman Dominion.
So that from hence; That Empire Thirding the Eaſt and Weſt of the Sovereignties of the habitable known World, in the divine Judgment of it, is ſymbol'd by a third part of Nature it ſelf, viz. Earth, Trees, Sea, Fountains, Sun, &c. for of the third part of the Stars brought under its univerſal Monarchy, it was conſtituted.
And in this very Viſion, where the Holy Spirit, who fore-knew and fore-ſaw what Interpretations would be made of what he writ, and what Interpretations he would have to be made, and in what Time, and to what degrees of Certainty and Aſſurance theſe Interpretations ſhould riſe; and ſo from thence, what was fit to be laid in the FoundaDragon there would be found the Roman Monarchy agreedly; ſo that there would be a fair Conduct to its third part in DominiImperialneſs reſided, whether in the Eaſt or the Weſt, it was mounted upon the Ruine or Subjethird part of the Stars; and ſo the third part beRoman Imperialneſs, not of the whole Territory of the Empire, but of the Imperialiſm or Gran
And what was moſt immediately and properly to touch that, is according to the moſt ſolemn Symbolicks of this Prophecy ſaid to touch and impeach that
For otherwiſe, the whole Empire is call'd in the Evang. Luke the whole Habitable World, and in the courſe of the Luke 2. 1.four Judgments of the fourth Seal, which rang'd equally, as
four parts of men, or over every fourth part with each Judgment, ſigEmpire, and, as it were, quartering it with a judiciary ſtaff. But here the Territory of the Empire, with its far and wide Dominion over the Earth, was under the Ravage of Death, without any touch upon the
So in the change of the Empire from Heatheniſm to ChriImperiality, which continued as high ſtill in the Chriſtian Emperours from Conſtantine to the Death of the Great
The opening of the bottomleſs Pit darkned the Sun and the Air, with the Smoak, out of which the Locuſts came upon the Earth, and they had Power to hurt men univerſally: but Revel. 9. 6.Imperial Sovereignty was not to be hurt in the very Imperiality, there is no mention of the third part; but when the Turkiſh Number was to ſeiſe upon the Eaſtern Throne, that had its firſt Eſtabliſhment upon the third part of the Stars in the Eaſt and Weſt, the third part of men are ſaid to be kill'd: and thus the third part was under the force Rev. 9. 18.four Trumpets, becauſe every TrumWeſtern Empire in the
All which I look upon as a fair Reſolution of that part of this Enquiry. As to what remains, why ſo ſevere a ProcePagan Empire that had been under this Purſuit, it had not been ſtrange: but it looks ſo unreaſonable upon a Chriſtian Empire, as to call in queſtion the whole frame of the Expoſition. Hereunto I therefore offer theſe two Solutions.
It having been decreed long ago by the determinate Counſel
God, that changes Times, and Seaſons, and the States of Kingdoms, giving them, as he pleaſes, had deſtin'd to the Beast, the Seat, and Power of the Western Empire, and the Eastern, as a kind of tributary Commendam, for forty two Months, does by theſe Judgments void the Room for him, by taking away the Western Imperialiſm, first, in its ſeventh King, that he, the Beast might ſucceed, into his forty two Months. Then taking away all Conſular and Senaterian Power, ſo that it
Upon both theſe Accounts therefore, the Eaſtern Empire was ſo much longer ſpar'd; firſt, That it was not to be ſo deep in the Guilt of Antichristianiſm, and Supplantation of the Kingdom of Christ, and as it were for his Servant Conſtantine's
Having thus far endeavour'd to ſatisfie the third Enquiry,
there will be the leſs neceſſary to add to the Reſolution of the fourth; for the courſe of Events is in Hiſtory moſt notofirst Trumpet was the Irruptions of the Barbarians on the whole Latitude of the Western Empire, which thereby was as much
The Event of the ſecond Trumpet connected with the firſt, was, That that great Mountain Rome, the City upon ſeven Hills, that had been under ſo many Emperours, Pagan and Chriſtian, the Miſtreſs of the Nations; that had been under the Pagan Emperours, Pagan Myſtical Babylon, and was now becoming Antichristian, Mystical Babylon; this Babylon was in the very Beginning of the Apostacy arreſted by Divine Judgment; for that City, which had been ſo lately purg'd from Heathen Idolatry, and was to be the Antichristian City for ſo long a Time after, God erects the Pillar of his JudgSea, as a flaming Mountain, not as
At the Voice of the third Trumpet, the very Heavens of the Weſtern Government were ſo ſhaken, that the great Star of Imperialiſm fell, like Wormwood, into the Rivers, and made them ſo bitter that many died of that Imbitterment of the Waters, that became even Wormwood it ſelf.
Whilſt Rome, as a burning Mountain in the midſt of the Sea made it to boyl, even into Blood, with a prodigious noiſe through the Nations, and made that Tumult and Comburning Mountain, like Etna, or Veſuvius, may be ſuppos'd to do; the Star falling imbitter'd ſo deadlily the Inland private State of the Empire, that although it was quickly quench'd it ſelf when it fell; yet in the Time it was burning as a Lamp, which was ſome time before its Fall into the Water, and when it fell it was like a Lamp burning in Water, every moment ready to dye, and yet not preſently extinct, that it ſo conſum'd the ſweeter Juyces, and benign Spirits of Government and Commerce, that many Men died, that is, innumerable Families and PerEmpire, both by the loſs of the Aſpect, and influence of ſuch a
Now all theſe Symbols are ſo very evident in Hiſtory, that there needs no more than the very Appeal to it concerning them, and ſo wonderfully accompliſh'd in their Gravity, Significancy, and Sprightlineſs, as to ſpeak Divine InſpiraEmpires Grandeur was ſtruck all over, as it were at once, as with Fire and Hail from Heaven, every day bringing the News of Invaſions, and Revolts every where, That Rome was in the Flames, and in a Sea, and yet by contrary Agencies of the ſeveral Intereſts of Princes like Fire and Water, ſtill preImperial Torch, however
Water would be ſoon quencha burning Mountain reſiſted the contrary Element; ſo Rome liv'd, but the Emperour dy'd; Rome Burns as a Mountain in the Sea, and though it turn'd the Waters into Blood, yet it ſurviv'd to ride aloft upon a new Univerſality. The Flaming Taper did hurt, while it flam'd, but falling inRomes Grandeur, a City Reigning over the Kings of the Earth, might have the Guaranty of Prophecy, even as of Providence to ſecure it, for a longer time than by all Computation it had made the Epoch of
Ʋrbs Condita, or it had been Built.
I am yet to ſtate juſtly, and more at large, what the Dragon
means, and how his
How can theſe Trumpets, that are the Alarms of Divine Judgment and Diſpleaſure upon the Antichriſtianiz'd Empire, as was before declared, be the
When the Beast, or his Gentiles have the whole Time,
Times, Half Time, and ſo the 1260 of the Womans Wilderneſs-state, under their Domination and Tyranny; does not the
That theſe two Doubts may be ſubſtantially reſolved, and ſo, as to clear the whole progreſs of this Time with RelatiBeast; we muſt underſtand aright concerning the Dragon; for a miſtake in that confounds the whole order of the Prophecy.
The Dragon then,, as it is preſented, Revel. 12. 3. with Seven Heads, and Ten Horns, hath a double meaning; One proper to it, as the ſixth, or Imperial Head of the Roman Empire, which headſhip is always accounted to the whole
Roman Beaſt, in this Prophecy: But when the Chriſtian Emperour aroſe, That
But in all this, it is of great Influence to the right underProphecy to be known, there is a more abDraconiſm, or of the Dragon, viz. the Old Serpent, deceiving the Nations into the Worſhip of himIdol Gods and Demons, they ſacrificed and did ſervice to; when therefore this Idolatry and Demonolatry was demoliſhed by Conſtantine, and the Christian Emperours, and the only True God in Jeſus Chriſt, and his Kingdom acknowledg'd at the Head of the Roman Empire: Satan, that Old Serpent was cast down from Heaven, and Chriſt the manly Birth caught up thither; Satan, therefore, as an Intelligence within, at the Head and Spring of all is to be underſtood in this Dragon, Revel. 12. 7.
The Roman Ceſars, as having the Imperial Monarchick Government of ſo great a part of the World, at the Birth of Chriſt, ſo along in the firſt Times of Chriſtianity, lay inNations and People, and watched all the effects of the Kingdom of Chriſt, and were ready to devour the manly Birth, that was to rule the Nations with a rod of Iron, and who had right to do ſo at his Reſurrection, and all along ſince.
But at the Time, this Ceſarian Dragon was acted by that Satan, that inviſible Spiritual Dragon, and his Angels, who made War againſt Chriſt, who carried the Ceſarian Dragon in a perpetual Hoſtility to the Kingdom of Chriſt, and alſo moſt devoted to Idolatry; While therefore Devils were worJupiter, Mars, &c. and an Idolatrous Power was at the Head of the Roman PowSatan is accounted in Heaven, and the rather ſo, beSatan is not reckon'd purely of Fraud and Uſurpation, but By Permiſſion, and not only ſo, but
Apoſtacy of humane Nature, as it were of Commiſſion; ſo that he was overcome and cast down by the Blood of the Lamb, as the true meritorious Cauſe, appeaſing that Wrath, ſatisfying that Juſtice, expiating the World; by the Word of his Teſtimony, as the Grand inſtrumental Cauſe, and by the Martyrdom of Chriſtians, who loved not their Lives unto Death, as a ſubordinate diſpoſe of God in honour to his Ju
From hence, whatever Power acted by Sathan, to an aſFourth, or Roman Monarchy, in the
But when the Acknowledgment of Jeſus, as Christ and Lord, was made by the Chriſtian Roman Emperour, Conſtantine, and his Succeſſors, Chriſt was then in eminent Type
This then being the firſt Account of Draconiſm, it is very eaſie to give Satisfaction to the firſt Doubt; for the ſame things that are remonſtrated as the Judgments of God, as permitted and order'd by him in his holy Government of the World, and Execution of Juſtice and Judgment upon OffenSatan, as is moſt evident in the Hiſtory of David's numbring the People; that ſame miſdoing of David is attributed to the diſpleaſure of God, and to Sathan, as may be ſeen by compaSam. 24. 1. and 1 Chron. 21. 1. yea in that different
viz. the Tranſaction of our Lord's Sufferings, Satan enter'd into Judas, to embolden him to do what ſupreme Wiſdom and Goodneſs had contriv'd to redeem loſt Man. It is therefore nothing ſtrange, the Holy Angels and Sathan met in theſe Trumpets, each in their Place and Orb, that while the Holy Angels ſounded an Alarm to the Inſtruments of the divine Vengeance, Sathan had his Contrivance to perſecute the Woman, both by the Barbarians and Mahometans.
But beſides this Draconiſm of profeſs'd Enemies to ChriſtiDraconiſm of the Beast, or the Dragon liworſhipped in the Beast, or Antichriſtianiſm, beginning by the other Beast, who is afterwards call'd the falſe Prophet, ſpeaking as a Dragon, which was the Synagogue of Sathan in the firſt growth, and his Throne in the farther Growth, when the Beast came to his Image and Number, and the depths of Sathan or his Government in his ripeſt Age: and thus the Dragon gave his Seat or Throne, and great Authority to the Beast; that is, Sathan the Supreme Dragon in the idoCeſareate, now became Reſidentiary in the Beast, and conveyed both the Hoſtility to the Kingdom of Chriſt, the Idolatry and the Bloodineſs into the Beast, and by his Negotiation under divine Permiſſion order'd the very Seat and Power of the Imperial Ceſareate to the Beast, as the Heir both of his Idolatry, Enmity to Chriſt's Kingdom, and perſecutory Tyranny, and for the ſake of all theſe: in all Revel. 16. 13.Draconiſm to the laſt. And God in juſt Indignation brings upon this Serpentiniſm of this
But yet the Draconiſm of the Beast is a diverſe Draconiſm, its Hoſtility to the Kingdom of Chriſt is not by down-right Force and Reſiſtance of open War to the Name of ChriſtiaHis Kingdom ſhall not come,
Time, Times, and half Time. Its Idolatry is an Idolatry as it were conſecrating it ſelf to the Honour of Chriſt, and is therefore, as in it ſelf, ſo in the prophetical Symbol, full in all its heads of the Names of Blaſphemy; under this
But yet notwithſtanding all this, Sathan is but on Earth; for the Beast holding the Kingdom, as in the Right of Chriſt, Chriſt thereby is ſtill acknowledg'd to be on the Throne, and in that the true God, Holy Angels, and Saints, are thus blaſphem'd by
And from all this ariſes a full Solution to the ſecond Doubt, and not only a Solution, but an admirable HarmoSatan fell from Heaven, in that deſolation of Heatheniſm, not only by the Chriſtian Empire of
This had been mention'd before, aſſoon as ever the manly
v. 6.Birth was caught up to the Throne of God; but that was only in preparation, and to match with the other Symbols; But now the Church was indeed out of view, by the Apoſtaſie, introduc'd by the
In the mean time, Satan, however in his Serpentine, and draconick Nature, jealous of any thing of Chriſt even in his own Kingdom, firſt perſecutes the Empire by the Barbarians, where He knew, the woman very lately was by her bringing forth the Manly Birth; He ſtruck at it by way of diſtinction in his own Aym, but finding He could not reach it by the rude ſtrokes of the Barbarians, but the Eagles wings had convey'd it away, and finding that thoſe Barbarous Nations, ſetled by degrees into the Antichriſtian Chriſtianity, and ſo help'd it forward into the wilderneſs, He then reſolved to be ſure of it, attempted to ſwallow it by the Mahometan Flood; But This neither diſtinguiſhing it, nor ſucceeding becauſe the Beſtian Earth drunk up the Flood, not only receiAntichriſtianiſme and its Kingdom, ſo drunk up the Flood by ſetting it ſelf againſt the blaſphemous, monſtrous, Mahometan Impoſture, and with a deadly hate, becauſe Mahometaniſm is no leſs againſt Antichristianity, than Chriſtianity, ſo the Serpent diſappointed is wroth, and, as ſo neceſſitated, determines now to ſift for his Ends, by Draconiſm refin'd into
And this is the True Hiſtory of Draconiſm, as entred inBeſtianiſm, by which it plainly appears, the ſcattering of the Power of the Holy People, or the ſtate of the Woman in the Wilderneſs, is wholly owing to the Beaſt and his Beſtianiſm, whoſe are
Now how admirable is all this, according to the Symbols, the Beast ſtill in all appearance and ſemblance ſecures Chriſt on the Throne, while it ſupplants his true Kingdom and PowAntichriſt's Kingdom ſtand if Chriſt were not in Title upon the Throne? But how could it ſtand if Chriſt did indeed reign? No, it preſently falls then, or ravaniſheth away.
Again, the Wings of the Apoſtatiz'd Empire, while they convey the true Church out of all ordinary Viſibility, yet ſecure it in the Name and Notion of a Church: the Beaſt's Earth thus helps it; for a Chriſtian Church is his Claim, and Title to his Kingdom: but it muſt be hidden; for a true Chriſtian Church viſible deſtroys his
Mahometans and Pagan Infidels by ſubverting Chriſtianity neceſſarily overthrow Antichriſt's Kingdom alſo: it is in inVial pour'd into
the Sun; true Chriſtianity and the Church therefore muſt be hidden, and in the Wilderneſs, and its Seed perſecuted as if not of the Church, that falſe Chriſtianity and the falſe Church may reign in its Abſence under its Name and Appearance.
Thus while the Dragon perſecutes in his Aim and IntentiChriſtian Church, the Apoſtacy pretending it ſelf the
Ʋniverſal Church conveys the
There is nothing at the preſent I can think neceſſary to add to this Explication of the Apocalyptical Dragon, but that the whole Viſion, Rev. 12. to v. 13. is preſented as in Heaven: ſo that the
IN theſe Enquiries I have now explain'd, whatever I can conceive needful from the Beginning of the Trumpets to the forty two Months of the Beaſt, except the Delineation of that, which the Prophecy calls the other Beaſt, under whoſe Conduct the Gentiles were brought into the outer Court and Holy City, ſo far as the Action of that other Beaſt led to the grand Apocalyptick Beaſt.
And to inlighten this Interval of Time the more, viz. from the Apoſtaſie beginning in the 1260 Days at 437, unto the Beaſts 42 Months 475, I find it moſt convenient to conſider moſt accurately the State of the Witneſſes, as Prophecy hath given any Light to the pointing of the Time of their whole Teſtimony, and diſtinguiſhing the various States of it: which Method I will endeavour to follow through this whole Line of Time; viz. to obſerve the Advances and Declinations of the Beſtian Kingdom, and to adjuſt thereunto the DeclinatiWitneſſes into the deepeſt of their obWoman, the Church was exactly conform'd to, being indeed the very ſame one with another, except the Notion of Single and Collected,
Witneſſes, Collected in the Church, as before ſaid. But becauſe the Action eſpecially was ſuſtain'd by the Seed, or the Witneſſes, the Line of that Action is moſt partiWitneſſes.
I begin then with the other Beaſt: but I will adventure to lay no ſtreſs upon the Word two Beaſts; becauſe I find this Word
That we may then have the perfect Pourtracture of this other Beaſt, who manag'd all things from the Beginning of the Apoſtacy, during the wounded State of the Grand Beaſt in one, viz. the ſixth of its Heads, call'd the Dragon, and the Infancy of the Grand Beaſt, viz. as united to its ſeventh Head, call'd in this Prophecy moſt often, The Beaſt; We may thus behold Him the other Beaſt, ſo far as his Deſcription reaches, while the Grand Beaſt lay wounded, which was till the forGrand Beaſt.
1. This other Beast muſt, as Beast does every where in Prophecy, import a Body of Men under ſome Superiority of Power. I muſt here remember again, to except to the TranſlaFour, not Revel. 4. and elſewhere, leaſt it ſhould cauſe any miſtake; but elſe both in Daniel and the Apocal. Beast does imply a People under, united to ſome Principality above: and becauſe here the Principality was in a Peerage or Ariſtocracy, it reſides in the two Horns.
2. Becauſe it is a Beaſt of Continuance, as plainly appears by its Action from the very Apoſtaſie to the Number of the Beast, viz. from 437 to 725; and after that to the very DeBeaſt and falſe Prophet; it muſt be a fluid, ſucceſſive Body, as other Prophetical Beaſts are.
Body of Falſe Prophets under Chiefs,
4. It muſt be Antichriſtian; and ſeeing Antichriſtianiſm is a falſe, mock, abuſed Chriſtianity, it muſt have of Chriſtian alAntichriſtian; it hath therefore the Reſemblance of a Lamb in its two Horns: but it is Antichriſtian ſpecifickly, working by Fraud to ſurpriſe the
5. Seeing the great Subject of the Apocalype is the Roman Empire in its laſt State, when the Kingdom of Chriſt was beGlory after that laſt State of the Roman Empire, the laſt of thoſe four Imperial Canales of Time; it muſt therefore be, that this pſeudo prophetical Beaſt under its two Horns is compounded of the upper and under, the dignified and inferiour Falſe Prophets of the Eaſtern and
Grand Beaſt in ſome prophetical Reſpect or Notion of that
From the whole then, theſe two Things ariſe to our main Purpoſe: 1. That this other Beaſt muſt be the whole prophetick Office of the
2. The Action of this other Beaſt, till the forty two months, is its ſhaping its own Beſtianiſm, both into the Body under it, and its Superiority over its own Body. Its ſpeaking as a Dragon, and governing the Gentiles, who are call'd the Earth, and them that dwell therein, herein exerciſing the Powwounded Beaſt before him, viz. the former Paganiſh Beaſt,, that with all its Heads and Populacy, according to the prophetical Emblem, liv'd in a wounded State for want of a Beſtian Head, or Prince, from the Empire becoming Chriſtian, till the
It may be objected againſt this whole State of Things, That here is no view of that Arrian Hereſie and Perſecution, which could not be untaken in the Notices of this Prophecy.
This Prophecy is not to be ſuppos'd to take notice of All the diſorders in the Profeſſion of Chriſtianity, any more than of all the Governments, or Changes of Government in the World. It minds its own Purſuit, runs in its own Channel, which was the fourth Monarchy, and in that, the Antichriſtian Surpriſal of the
I come now to the laſt Thing neceſſary before the Entry into the Beaſts forty two Months; that is, to ſettle the State of the Witneſſes, as in its general view under the whole 1260 Days, and more particularly in this Interval from the Apoſtacy beginning unto the
The Witneſſes, as hath been already declar'd, are the Seed of the VVoman, the True Church, who keep the Commandments of God, and
Theſe are in Sackcloth, as the beſt of their State, the whole 1260 Days; but their Time is diſtinguiſh'd by three great Pairs of VVitneſſes in the Old Teſtament, whoſe Hiſtory exJoſhua and Zerubbabel, Elijah and
The firſt is of Joſhua and Zerubbabel, who though in mournful Garments, as Joſhua, and in union with him, Zerubbabel, is repreſented,
The VVitneſſes then at this Time, by holy Doctrine, pure VVorſhip, unſpotted Sanctity, begin their Teſtimony, and are truly Chriſtian Prophets, or Perſons of a magiſtratical Character and Eminency, or truly fit for ſuch a Dignity; and as
Now how admirably does this agree with the ſtate of the true Chriſtian Witneſſes for ſome conſiderable ſpace after the Apoſtacy beginning? They did indeed put on Sackcloth in God's Account, aſſoon as the Gentiles came into the holy ground with their unhallowed feet, ſhod with Paganiſh Superſtition.
But They at firſt, and for ſome ſpace of time, rather emptied the golden Oyl out of themſelves, than were under Perſe
And although Hiſtory is not juſt, and ſincere enough to give account hereof, paſſing through the Feculencies of the beginning Apoſtacy, and ſuffering under all its particular InSeed that is accovnted to the Lord for a Generation, and particularly by the Types of this Prophecy, we are moſt aſſured there muſt be ſuch Witneſſes, and ſuch muſt be their Testimony.
THE Point of Time I am now entring upon, hath had a juſt Approach made to it according to its Impor
That I may therefore diſcourſe hereof moſt regularly, I propoſe theſe four Heads to fix the Intendment upon.
1. To ſhew, That the Apoſtle Paul hath affirm'd, the cothe Man of Sin, or Beast, (whoſe End is according to all Prophecies concerning him, Deſtruction by the immediate Appearance of Christ's Kingdom at that his end) hath an unmoveable Bar to his Manifeſtation till his
2. To ſhew, That the Kingdom of the Beast muſt laſt till the Kingdom of Christ, according to the ſame Laws of Succeſſion, can ſucceed, and it can laſt no longer; as alſo, that the Kingdom of Christ muſt ſucceed when that Kingdom ends, and it can ſucceed no ſooner; if then, it is expreſly ſaid, the Kingdom of Chriſt ſhall immediately ſucceed the 1260 Days; and that according to this Law of Succeſſion, and the courſe of all Prophecy, it muſt alſo ſucceed the forty two months: it then will plainly follow, the 42 Months and the 1260 Days end together.
3. To ſhew, That the 1260 Days muſt be Time of the Sun, and the forty two months muſt be Time of the Moon; and ſeeing they muſt be adjuſted to one another, as ending together, and lying both within one common Womb of Time, Times, Half Time; The forty two months, by the moſt exact compare of Lunar and Solar Time, can be but 1222 Years; and therefore beſides all Advantages of Scripture-uſe of round Number, beginning at 475, they moſt exactly and moſt neceſſarily muſt end at 1697.
4. To ſhew, That the Beast indeed muſt have every way the Seminal, fundamental Nature of ſuch a Beaſt as he is deforty two Months, as the Infant hath of a Man, but need not, nor cannot be ſupprophetical Proportions, till long after, which Time Prophecy hath alſo dated to him by his Number 666. So that the deſcription of the Empire, according to the Fourth Trumpet, the Adminiſtration of the other Beaſt, and the State of the Witneſſes, may continue many Years afforty two Months entring, and ſo Prophecy determines of them.
To begin then with the firſt of theſe, I find this Order and Concert of the Parts of it will be moſt convictive and deDaniel, the Apoſtle Paul, and the Apoſtle John, ſpeak all of one and the ſame Beaſt. 2. That this one and the ſame Beaſt hath forty two months determin'd upon him, as the juſt State of his Duration. 3. That the Apoſtle John hath declared that peremptory, poſitive Law of Succeſſion, that was the Let of the coming of the Beaſt inforty two months.
For the firſt, Although a multitude of Proofs from the Deſtruction by the glorious Appearance of the
It is in the ſecond place to be made out, that this is the Beast that hath Fourty two Months determin'd to Him; and though there needs nothing to make that good, but to take the two Chaps. c. 13. and c. 17. of the Apocal. and to write down all the particulars of agreement between thoſe two Beaſts; and it will be impoſſible for ſo much as the thinking Mind to doubt of their being one and the ſame: But I will only inſiſt upon the former Argument in this matBeaſt, that is ſo destroyed as the Beast in the c. 17. is to be deſtroyed, muſt needs according to the former ArguBeast that hath Fourty two Months, determin'd to his Continuunce c. 13. v. 5. hath ſuch a Deſtruction affix'd to him as the Beast, c. 17. hath: For who can aſſume the Effrontery, or Boldneſs to deny, that the Beast, c. 19. who is taken and caſt into the Lake, v. 20. is the ſame with the Beast. c. 17. And the Beaſt c. 13. hath this very ſame Destruction foretold to him; For he is to be Taken, and to go into that Eternal Captivity of the Lake with his Falſe Prophet inſeparable from him, according to v. 10. and his Ten Crowned Horns, or whole Circle of Kings are to be killed with the Sword of Christ's Mouth, c. 19. v. 21. comch. 13. v. 10. he that leadeth into Captivity ſhall go, &c. and he that kills with the Sword, &c. now Chriſt's Captivation and Killing are ſuch as argues Divine Juſtice and Power, and ſuch is that declar'd, c. 19, 20.
The Apoſtle John hath declar'd that ſo obſtinate unMan of Sin, being reveal'd, ſtill in his
Paul moſt emphatically ſpeaks, ſigniComing, till that his own proTime; Now the occaſion of that great Apoſtolical ParaTheſſ. 2.Scripture Prophecy; For that this Day was the day of Judgment, there is no Senſe for, in thoſe lightſome Days before the Apoſtacy, ſeeing all the Prophecies are big with a Glorious ſtate of Chriſtianity in this World. To this the Apoſt. for their Information, and of after Ages much more, ſpeaks punctually; That it could not be expected ſo ſoon, and does moſt vehemently obteſtate by the very comgathering unto him againſt the ExpeMan of Sin muſt be reveal'd; but that muſt be in his own proper Time, and not before; for there is a witholding, or each of theſe taking ſuch Faſt Hold of their proper Space and Time, that the Beſtian Prince cannot come forward till they by going off let go their Hold, and then ſhall be reveal'd that lawleſs one, that Man of Sin, which is an Expoſition of Apoſtle's Senſe, The day of Chriſt, viz. of his Glory and Kingdom, cannot come, till the Man of Sin come: The Man of Sin comes indeed out of the Apoſtacy as out of a Womb; but as no Birth can, ſo he cannot come till his own Time: Sathan is eager enough; every thing works to it as faſt as it can: the Myſtery of Iniquity is now alwork. But every Thing that God hath ordain'd will hold its own, its own Time, its own Place; and ſuch a Holding Thing there is, and ſuch a Holding Perſon there is that poſſeſſes, and fills that Time and Place.
Thus far the Apoſtle Paul goes in his Epiſtle, ſo far he was order'd by the Holy Spirit to go, and no farther; the reſt he refers to former Perſonal Diſcourſe. Now whatever prudential reaſon there might be of ſaying no more; The great Reaſon was, the Holy dictating Spirit order'd no more; but that all Scripture might be ſearch'd and compar'd: Holy Writers ſay ſo much in one place, ſo much in another; ſo much one Holy Writer ſays, ſo much more is ſaid by another; by eve
The Apoſtle John therefore ſpeaking; as I have prov'd of the ſame great Matter, and aiming at the Glorious Kingdom of Chriſt, the grand ſcope of all
Now this Succeſſion ſtands firm; God himſelf had fix'd it. As then no Prince can ſucceed till the former is avaunted, in ſo exact a Succeſſion one cannot crowd out another, no more than one Month or a Day following can crowd out the preRex nunquam moritur, where God holds the Succeſſion, and its Law firm; and ſo it is to the very Kingdom of Chriſt.
Juſt then when the Chriſtian Emperour deceas'd, tht Beſtian Emperour ſucceeded; and that was indiſputably at 475, and then his
For he came at the very firſt of them: He came then, though as an Infant Prince a Prince as in the Cradle, yet then he came. Humane Hiſtory is not more competent to declare the Time when Antichriſt was born, than the Jews could prothe Chriſt was born; yet ſome choſen Obſervers there were of the one and of the other, ſome or
Jerom ſounded it aloud, or rather by Inſpiration before hand proclaim'd it; but God hath judg'd it, he hath declar'd it, and there can be no inEmperours and their Empire dyed in the Weſt, then it was; The true Seat of the Roman Empire, being at ſeven headed ſeven hill'd Rome, was by a wonderful Operation of Providence, quitted by the Dragon to be the Seat of the Beaſt; the Chriſtian Emperours reſided elſewhere moſt, for ſtill that was the
I come now to the ſecond Head of this Diſcourſe; The Kingdom of Chriſt muſt come immediately after the Beasts Fourty two months ended; The Law of the Succeſſion reproclaim'd; It does not appear all at once, no Kingdom does ſo: But its Prepaſeventy five Years; So great, ſo glorious an Empire, ſo juſt, ſo even, and cubical in its Thouſand Years, muſt have an honourable Preparation; And it is but ſhort in compaſeven Thunders unſeal'd, Revel. 14. all kind of Juſtice done upon Offenders by the Vials, c. 16. The Beast hath a kind of dying Life, as an outdated Uſurper not yet executed, but that hath loſt his uſurped Empire, and then Lak'd for Ever.
This Succeſſion of the Kingdom of Chriſt is dated by Prophecy to the end of the 1260
The 1260 days, and the forty two months ending together, and the forty two Months beginning at 475, they muſt be ad
For as in all Languages, and parts of the World, Days muſt, and do ſignifie moſt properly the Time, meaſured by the Sun; ſo in the eaſtern, and moſt eſpecially the Jewiſh, and Scripture Language; Months ſignifie only, and ſolely the Time, as meaſured by the Moon, and are call'd Novitates Newneſſes, or Times meaſured by each new Congreſs of the Moon with the Sun, or new Moons: ſo that however another way of ſpeaking hath prevailed with us, a Month of the Sun is as improper, as a day of the night, or a day meaſured by the Moon; ſo that if words can ſignifie as they are always in Scripture us'd to ſignifie, Months muſt ſignifie Time accord
And further, as hath been already ſhewn, the Symbol is of the peculiar uſe in this Prophecy to ſemble Time of the Night, of the Moon, that the True Church hath under its Feet, and as ſhall be more ſeen in a great Remarque upon the Mahometan Moon.
Becauſe therefore days, months, years, as they are within this Line of Time, muſt all lye within Time, Times, half Time, and equal 1260 days, or years; There are twice Forty two Months, that knitting one within another, will ſupply the ſhortneſs to 1260 Days, or Years, of the Forty two Months, either of the Gentiles, ending thirty eight years ſooner, or thoſe of the Beaſt, beginning thirty eight years later than thoſe 1260 Days.
And, as the Moon could be no Moon, if there were no Sun to lend it Light; ſo the Sun on a body prepared, and momonths, or Church, if there were not a true Church, and its Seed, the Witneſſes cloth'd with the Sun of Righteouſneſs, all thoſe 1260 Years, which caſt thoſe Months; And if there be ſuch a body as the Antichriſtian Church, moChurch, as that does, it muſt needs deMonths from its Days, equal one to the other.
And it is moſt apparent, that waving Scriptures round Number; Unto the exactneſs of conſiderably leſs than a Years difference, the Time of Forty two prophetical months, adprophetical Days, meaſured by the
I requeſt then, I ſay, a ſtrictneſs of Account, which to avoid both longſomneſs and perplexity in this Diſcourſe, I do not give, but by ſo ſtrict Account, two miſtakes will be eſcaped, which may ariſe from a general apprehenſion of this Matter; For it will then be found, the Calculation is not to be made by accounting the Time of a Synodical Month to twenty nine days, ſo many hours, &c. which makes the Ludays ſo many Hours and Scruples, nor by rating the 1260 days, as three Years and half, which wants about five days of the true Solar Year, and then proportioning the Lunar Year of 364 Days, odd Hours and Scruples to a Year of only 360 days; But the true Scale of Time between the Sun and Moons motion in that which is call'd the middle courſe of each, reſpecting their Conjunction one with anoprophetically underſtood thirty
Maimonides, the moſt learned accounJewiſh Time, ſettles this matter in his ſevere computatinew moons Solemnities. There is eleven days within ſome hours difference betwixt the lunar year and the ſolar, naturally given as 365 days; judge then how little can the want of the five days to make up the ſolar year 365 days, alter the account of 11 days dif
But I fear to be over tedious in this matter, although the wonderful exactneſs of the account does detain my Thoughts, aſſuring a Line of Time, confirmed ſo many ways beſides, to have its Epoch at 437, and its Period at 1697; by even ſo unexpected an agreement of the Beaſts forty two months, cerWitneſſes twelve hundred ſixty days thirty eight years before them, while the Gentiles forty two months are ready to ſet out with thoſe 1260 days, that ſo the time of the Beſtian Tyranny, and the ſufferings of the
I come therefore to the fourth head, to conſider the ſtate of the Empire of the Beaſt at his firſt riſing, or his forty two Months beginning thus at 475, and to compare therewith the Adminiſtration of the other Beaſt and the Prophecy of the Witneſſes, as they ſtood in the interval from 475 to 606; For indeed there is very little of a new ſcene of things opening till then; and therefore the great buſineſs of this head will be to ſettle the eſſential Lineaments of the grand
Now herein I do ſolemnly avow, I will bring no preconIdea, or Shape of the Beast to the Prophecy, but ſearch for that true one Prophecy gives, and receive it from its hand as wholly unpoſſeſs'd of any Notions of Him before-hand; and then referr to general and uncontroverted Hiſtory, as to an Umpirage moſt impartial, the Agreement of Things with Prophecy.
Nor do I deſign to prove any Name or kind of Power in the World to be this Beast, but only to prove, That there hath been and muſt be ſuch a one to ſuſtain the Prophetick Characters during theſe forty two Months; and what will ne
To this Purpoſe I muſt make theſe three Premiſals:
1. That when Prophecy gives an entire prophetical Scheme of a Monarchy or this Beſtianiſm, it repreſents, as entire and eſſential to that Scheme, Things that did not fill it firſt; as Hiſtory, giving the Character of an Empire, gives it at full; or ſo of any Prince, and not as things were in their mere InBeast at his forty two Months beginning, which were not compleat till many Years after; as his Ten Horns, his Great Power and Authority, &c. Now this ought to be no prejuProphetick Scheme, no more than that the Picture of Charles the Great, as a Man or an Emperour, would not fit his Infancy, eſpecially when Prophecy defines the Time when he ſhall attain that Image, viz. 666.
2. When Prophecy gives the Portraicture of a particular laſt ſtate of a Monarchy that had a variety of States before it, it unites that laſt State as ſo one with the former, and eſpeProphecies Preſcience and Omniſcience, to which, paſt, and preſent, and to come, are one, to give things thus entire in one.
Thus Prophecy gives the Dragon, the ſixth Head in the Beast of ſeven Heads, ſeven Heads, when it wanted one as to preſent Event: and if it had to do with any of the five fallen Heads in the Time of the Apocalypſe given, it had done the ſame undoubtedly, becauſe the Scheme is but one although it be at ſeveral Times filled up: ſo the Scheme has always 7 Heads.
And thus it gives the grand Apocalyptick Beast whatever was before it; the five fallen Heads in the Lump, that they make a Character of it; nay, the whole Image, Dan. 2. in the three Beasts, Dan. 7. the Grecian Leopard, the Perſian Bear, and the Babylonian Lyon, are united to this laſt State of the Rev. 13. 2.fourth Monarchy, and even whole entire Beſtianiſm; becauſe in it that Image was to be beaten to Powder, Dan. 2. 34, 35. and the Lyon, the Bear, and the Leopard, who had their Lives prolonged, Time at large, and intimate Time or Seaſon, were now to be kill'd with the Sword of Chriſt's Mouth, when the Beast, the Little Horn, is given to the conſuming Flames, or to the Lake, Dan. 7. 11, 12. with Apoc. 19. v. 21. So that it is no wonder it is called the Beast wounded in one of its Heads, viz. the ſixth Head, before it came unto its Succeſſion or forty two months; that it is called in the ſame manner the first Beast twice, Revel. 13. 12. for all Beſtianiſm is ſo totalDragon, with whom he is more eſpecially united, as his immediate Predeceſſor, that hath the ſeven Heads and ten Horns becauſe it was the Roman Beast under the ſixth Head, yet is carefully forepriz'd from the Name Beaſt, that it might not derogate from the Univerſal Beſtianiſm of this
prophetical Scheme may be underſtood conBeaſt, it is to be duely ſtated, where the Situmultiplice Scheme is to be; there muſt be the Trunk or Body of this Beaſt, and that hath its feet of many Nations and People ſpread far and wide, the People of the Ten Horns, like the feet of a Bear, and by thoſe many ſorts of People, its Body is variouſly ſpotted about like a Leopard; this is the Populacy with their ſuborſeven Heads, or ſupreme crowned Authorities, each having ſucceſſive Dignity and SoRomans had Kings, Conſuls, Decemvirs, Tribunes of the People, perpetual Dictators, all fallen in the Apoſtles Time, and ſo they ſignifie no farther than the making a Character of the Monarchy intended. In the Apoſtles Time were the Emperours, or the Dragon in the Language of Prophecy, and the
Now all theſe have ſo cloſe an Union with the Grand Beast, that the Body is ſo his, that he is the Beast, becauſe he is the Head of the Body; the ten Horns are his while they are Horns, for their Situation muſt be in the Head: the former Heads are his, the
Having laid this Foundation by way of Premiſal, I come now to define this Grand Apocalyptick Beaſt, according to his certain, eſſential, invariable Characters, moſt eminent in Prophecy, moſt conſpicuous in History: for I dare not adHiſtory without Prophecy, nor ſuſpend it on my Interpretation of Prophecy without obſerHiſtory. When both meet to ſuch Perfection, it is hard to doubt, and even ſullen Obſtinacy to deny.
The Beaſt muſt be the Apoſtle John's Great Antichriſt, that
Charact. 1.was to come into the World, agreeing with the falſe Chriſts our Lord propheſied of, and the Apoſtle John's many Antichriſts,
John 4. 2, 3. Mat. 24. 24.Kingdom of the Meſſiah from Him, by pretending themſelves to be Christs; and ſo denying that great Article, that Chriſt was come in the Fleſh, to which the Kingdom of his Father David is aſſur'd without end, as beRoot and Off-ſpring.
Now this can be no way ſo effectually done, as by preVicar of Chriſt, and holding his Kingdom in his Right, and as in Honour of him. And he that does that, is the Oppoſite to Chriſt; and if it ſhould be diſguis'd under Servus Servorum Dei, it would not excuſe it. Now thoſe open, bare-fac'd, Falſe Chriſts, the JudgAntichriſt as this, Chriſt hath ſworn, There ſhall be Time, Times, Half a Time, for Him, and that Chriſts Kingdom ſhould not come, or the Wonders of it be accompliſh'd, till theſe are paſt and fully paſt.
And the Apoſtle Paul aſſures us, before the Day of Chriſt can come, the Apoſtacy muſt bring forth ſuch an Antichriſt, who muſt therefore ſit in the Temple of God, viz. the outward Court and Holy City, or the Profeſſion of Chriſtian Religion, and in Chriſtendome, and there muſt exalt Himſelf, muſt uſurp above All that is called God, viz. Chriſt, even in his hucalled and carrying the Name on his Veſture,
Thigh, (but not Written, or ſet in publick view, till juſt before the Beast's Ruine) King of Kings, Lord of Lords; whom God Sanctified, and ſent into the World, as Supreme Prince, and under him truly Chriſtian Supremes, who are alſo called Gods, John 10. 35, 36.
If then all Hiſtory, and all Knowledge of Time, ſucceſſiveVicar of Chriſt; This is the moſt eſſential and original Character of Antichriſt, without ſearching farther into his Quality and Action; For as whoever ſhould pretend to be deputed to be a Divine God, is an Idol; ſo whoever pretends to be a Spiritual PlenipotenLord of Lords, and above Princes, as Vicar of Chriſt, is Antichriſt; for whoever ſays thus of Himſelf, ſays, He is God; For Chriſt can have no Vicar General on Earth, any more than God one Univerſal Deputy of his Power, claiming Divine Honour.
Such an Antichriſt muſt needs Sit at Rome; For he muſt Charact. 2.Woman, as a falſe Church, that was a Wilderneſs to the True Church, when it was Hid, and yet Fed with hidden Manna; a howling Wilderneſs, where the
Now with this Dragon, the Beaſt was to be united, to reThrone, Power, and great Authority from him; and in Him, the Dragon muſt Live and be Worſhipped; Therefore He that is the Beaſt, muſt be Roman, and Sit at Rome, from which the Chriſtian Emperours by Divine Conduct receded, that this Character of the Beaſt might be left free to the Beaſt alone: And under Him it muſt be Antichristian, until the veGlorious Kingdom of Christ, and then is to be Burnt, when the Beaſt is Taken, and Caſt into the Lake, that it may anſwer the whole Ichnography, or Deſcription, Rev. c. 17. c. 18.
Now that we may throughly underſtand this Character, and the certainty of it; By the Woman that ſits on the Beast, muſt be Apprehended Rome, as a City and a Church, a Falſe and Antichriſtian Church, fix'd in, and made inſepaCity. No other can anſwer the Prophecy, ſo that the other Beaſt, called the Falſe Prophet, cannot be conceived by it; For whereas this City muſt be burnt, as from Heaven, the Falſe Prophet was taken with the Beaſt, and caſt into the Lake.
That it muſt be the very City, is plain by the whole Prophetical Type: This had the
But, as it is a City, ſo is it an Apoſtatiz'd Church, fix'd to that City; For on its Forhead is written, Mystery, the ſenſe of which is, Church in a City, oppoſite to the Myſtery of the Seven Churches, but agreeable to the myſtery of Iniquity: It is the Great Whore, and mother of Harlots, with which the Kings and People of the Earth have committed Fornication; And this we know, is the conſtant deſcription of an Idolatrous Church in the Old Teſtament, as of Aholiab and Aholibah, Ezek. 23. It is Babylon the Great in this Myſtery, and it is ſpiritually call'd Sodom, the Impure City in its Spiritual Fornications, as well as corporeal Nicolaitaniſm, and Aegypt, the enſlaving cruel City, holding the Iſrael of God in Bondage; It is SpiApoſtate Jeruſalem, that is in Bondage with its Children, where our Lord was Crucified. It covers the true Church, call'd for its ſake Pergamus, and the high-rais'd Throne of Satan: ſo it is Thyatyra, the Spiritual Jezebel, Daughter of Eth. Baal, King of the Sidonians, Daughter of an Ethnick Idolatrous City, whoſe Merchandiſes are the Inſtruments of Idolatry and Superſtition, ſum'd up in the Bodies of men, not only attending its State, as the Scarlet, Fine Linnen, Gold, Silver, Ivory, Precious Wood, does; but its blind dark ReliSouls of men periſhing for ever in its ſervice againſt Light, and ConRevel. 18. 13.
And this Rome muſt be both the City and Church, for here, and in it the Primacy of St. Peter, reſiding as Biſhop, laid the Foundation of its ſo long Greatneſs, under the Name of the Apoſtolick See: Conſtantinople was but an Eminence, as ſmall as the Fame of it Seven Hills, but as little Riſings compar'd with this, Eternal Church of Eternal Rome: The Ottoman Port has ſwallowed that; Flames from Heaven reſt upon this, ſo that the Smoke of its Burning ſhall aſcend for ever and ever, as both City and Church; For ſo Prophecy hath read its deStrong is the Lord that Judgeth it.
This City then is to be a Pyramid Pile of Smoke and Flame, aſcending for ever and ever, an eternal City of burning, as the City Sodome, a Lake of Brimſtone ſettling in its very Room, Place, and Scituation; a Jerico ſo curs'd, as to be no more built, and an Apostate Church, ſuffering as ſpiritual Sodome the vengeance of eternal Fire.
He, The Beaſt, muſt carry univerſal monarchy, as the Emperours
The other Beaſt therefore, miniſtring to the Worſhip of the firſt Beaſt, viz. the Roman Empire, as to be under the ſeventh head, but not yet erected into publick Dignity and SupreAntichriſtian Earth, and its
The Beaſt muſt anſwer that prophetick motto, or Inſcription Caract. 5.
Beaſt that Was, Is not, he is the eighth, and is of the
Ch. 17. 11.ſeven, and goeth into Perdition; this is determin'd to the point of time proper to his Succeſſion, and then he muſt an
2. The Beaſt that was, is not, ſhall aſcend out of the bottomleſs
3. The Beaſt that was, is not, yet is, This is determined to v. 8.Inhabitants of the Earth wonder, whoſe Names were not written, &c. When they behold the Beaſt that was, &c. This by compare with c. 13. muſt be, when he came to be worſhipped, and that was not till he came to his number when the Image had Life given to it, ſpoke, and caus'd, and then it muſt be anſwer'd.
And in this very Inſcription the Wiſdom of God is much to be ador'd, ſhewing ſo exactly the gradual riſing of the Beaſt firſt out of the Sea in his Succeſſion, then out of the Abyſs or bottomleſs Pit at his
Ʋniverſality, then at his number 666, when he came to be
4. For in the firſt, he is truly ſaid to be the Beaſt, that was, that is, ſubſiſted in the general Beſtianiſm of the Roman Monarchy, that had been in ſix heads, was to ſurvive forty two months under this ſeventh head; and ſo in the prophetick Scheme had a Being: Is not, for the Beaſt had at this time as little appearance as could poſſibly conſiſt with his Succeſthat name of headſhip, under which the Beaſt was to live ſo long, was left at that Time to Him, the ſupream Name alone in Rome, and ſo continued ever ſince. For after the Ceſſation of the Chriſtian Emperour, neither the Kings of the
In the ſecond place, when he riſeth out of the bottomleſs Pit, and hath univerſal Supremacy, as Head of Rome, he eminentRoman Woman aloft in the ſame Supremacy, and yet in the former ſenſes may be ſaid, Was, Is not, but ſhall aſcend at his Time 606, out of the bottomleſs Pit; and as a Character moſt evident upon him, as always inſeparable from him, goes into Perdition; for out of the Abyſs he riſes, into it he is thrown for ever; this was after Phocas gave uni
In the third, when the Dragon lives in the Beaſt, who conPaganiſm into Antichriſtianiſm, exerciſing the ſame Idolatrous univerſal Power in the Earth, in an Image at 666, as we ſhall ſee; They worſhip both the Dragon, and wonBeaſt, admiring the artifice, when they ſee the Beaſt that Was, viz. in the Draconick Head, Is not the very ſame Pagan idolatrous or imperial Dragon, and yet Is is All. That very ſame thing is an Antichriſtian and Pontifical Image at 666. His Perdition is not herein named, both for the Grace of the Type, at his Inauguration, and becauſe it is expreſs'd before and after in this engraving upon him. I leave therefore every one to judge, how admirably Prophecy and matter of Fact agree in theſe Inſcriptions.
He muſt be a Horn in the Seed, and Bud at his very Charact. 5.ſmall and feeble Horn, he could not get up, but under the faHorns, and then they became his Horns in open view.
Then he was one among Ten, into which the Empire being variouſly divided, fell; ſo as to make that number at any time after its diviſion; and Ten as a complemental num
Three were pulled up by him, by his Influence and Inſtance, before him, by the ſtrength and martial Proweſs of others.
Let Hiſtory then declare, what Three eminent Horns were pull'd up, and we ſhall find the Gothick Horn pull'd up by Juſtinian the Emperour, the Lombards a ſecond, and the Greek Exarchy the Third for this little Horn, by Charls Martill; by Pipin his Son, who was made
Nor let it be any blemiſh in Prophecy, that Daniel does not ſpeak openly of the Headſhip of this little Horn, nor John of the Hornſhip of this Head; for one Type was peculiar to one Prophet, the other to the other, and could not without mani
But Daniel ſubindicates his Headſhip, whom he ſtiles a little
On the other ſide the Apocaliptick Prophet does not diſſemlittle Horn, while a Head; for the Dragon gave him his Seat, the Ten Kings agree to give him their Power and Kingdom, neither of which he could win by puiſſance,
Words of God are fulfilled, they reſume all with eaſe, and at Pleaſure; for he proſper'd only by Craft and Serpentine
The Beast is always united with falſe Prophecy, that he Charct. 6.Head, and principal of it from the firſt, and therein negotiated his own univerſal Monarchy, Within his Purple there lies a rough Garment to deceive; he is full of the Spirit of Antichrist, and ſo ſurpriſes the Kingdom of the true Prophet, Prieſt, and King; He is Sathan transform'd into an Angel of Light, a falſe Apoſtle coming with lying Signs and Wonders; his Eyes are as a Seers, his Mouth ſpeaketh great things, His Efficacy is by the deceivableneſs of Ʋnrighteouſneſs in them, that periſh; his
Now whether ſuch a Tyranny in the Image of Pſeudo Prophetiſm, hath been in the World, gradually riſing according to
And thus I have ſettled every way the forty two months, as Beſtianiſm lyes under them, without any new Diſtinction of Time, under which nothing ſo remarkably tranſcendent to the former account of the other Beast, and the Witneſſes ap
Let the Prophetick Symbols be laid either to Eccleſiaſtick or
General Hiſtory, and we ſhall find, History hath nothing, reProphecy hath been ſuppos'd to have deſign'd its Symbols to and for; but that both in the Frame and StruProphecy, in its Series, and Notes of Time, there is a moſt exact and wonderful Co-ordination of one to and with the other. I mean in Cardinal Points.
To aſcribe them then to Chance or Fancy, what does it ſpeak, but an Obſtinacy ſemblable to that of the Atheist, againſt all proof of a Divine Being, or to the Phariſaick Deſpightful accounting to the
If the Myſtery of Iniquity began in the very Time of the
Apoſtles; if the Apoſtacy began at 437; and that then the Gentiles had invaded the outward Court of the Christian Profeſſion, as within their
As certainly as the Gentiles Power of entring the Holy
Ground, and treading it down with unhallowed Feet; as cerBeast came into his forty two Months at the due time; ſo certainly ſhall the Kingdom of the Lord, and of his Christ, ſucceed at the end of theſe forty two Months: for it is not only ſo according to the Word of the Watchers, and Demand of the Holy ones, but according to the ſolemn Oath of Christ, with hands lifted up to Heaven, That after Time, Times, Half a Time, Time ſhall be no more, but of the ſeventh Trumpet finiſhing All, and the Beast going into Perdition.
There is no Injury done to Perſons of Royal Dignity, or of any other Character of Dominion, by deriving upon them what Divine Prophecy hath affix'd to them: their Perſons, their Places, may receive all due Honour and Chriſtian SubPrayers may be made for them, as any way deputed by God; their perſonal Vertues and worHeathen, by Daniel, Ezra, Nehemiah, or of the Caeſars by the Apoſtles.
I Have in the former Section ſettled that ſo conſiderable Period of the Beaſt's Forty two Months, and ſettled them upon their own Baſe; the Beast in his moſt eſſential and fundamental Delineation: but this Part, reſted upon the Point of Time, that was even with his Succeſſion; His Riſing out of the Sea, that
The Judgment of God upon the apoſtatiz'd Chriſtian Empire, made way for him to riſe to a ſupreme Apoſtate. God took away that apoſtatiz'd indeed Imperial King, but no Head, and gave the Apoſtacy a proper both Head and King in his Wrath.
But he was at this time, and long after, a Beast, that Was and yet Is not. There being therefore no other Name of PoAuguſtneſs, Rome, the Abſolute Rome, (for Conſtantinople was but a mutuatitious
And how elegantly does Prophecy repreſent this under the ſymbolical Account of the fourth Trumpet! The fourth Angel ſounded, and the third part of the Sun, of the Moon, and of the Stars, were ſmitten; and the Day ſhined not for a third part thereof, and the Night likewiſe. The Beſtian Name being as yet in a Peerage, and out of that very Peerage to come in an Image into its luſtre, (and the Image not yet made) could not inlighten this great Orb; for its Name however, the onBeſtian Supremacy, but was yet as of another Order and Claim.
But now at the end of the fourth, and in the beginning of the fifth Trumpet, it began to dawn; and ſo Prophecy will by its Dawn convey us upon this Line, this wonderful Line, we have diſcourſed ſo long upon, the Line of the 1260 Days; with which the forty two Months of the Beast are now
Prophecy will, I ſay, very ſpeedily in the fifth Trumpet convey and ſet us upon a new Line of the Mahometan Hegira or Computation of Time; ſo that we ſhall run upon it for the ſpace of eight hundred and thirty Years to
As it were then, between the ending of the Time of the fourth, and the beginning of the Time of the fifth Trumpet; there was a loud Voice, as of an Angels flying through the Woe, Woe, Woe, to the Inhabiters of the Earth, becauſe of the Voices of the Angels that are yet to ſound.
Now it were wonderful, if merely by the chance of ImaProphecy and Hiſtory ſhould meet it ſo often, juſt where it would chooſe and deſire to be ſo met.
For at this very Time, Gregory call'd the Great, Biſhop of Rome, a Perſonage of ſo great Eminence for Vertue, LearnEpiſtles to the EmMauricius, and to John the Biſhop of Conſtantinople,
Alexand. and Antioch.
Now ſeeing no ſuch could be fix'd in the Firmament or Heaven of the Goſpel, he muſt needs Fall: How cloſe then is
prophetick Language, I ſaw a Star fall from Heaven; or as Chriſt in a like caſe ſpeaks, I ſaw
Juſt as when Satan fell from Heaven he had a Kingdom aſviz. God of this World, Ruler of the Darkneſs of this World; This Star who is the Son of Perdition, whoſe coming is after the manner of Satan, had the ſame in Proportion; the Key of the bottomleſs pit is given to him, that is, permitted to him, given ju
This Fall then of this Star, is like the Angels leaving their own Habitation, their first Eſtate, or true original Principality:
And whenever the Antichriſt came, the Beaſt roſe out of the bottomleſs pit, or which is the ſame, this Star had fallen: there muſt be then Woe, Woe, Woe, for the Vengeance of God at the ſame time made him way, and purſued him: every Trumpet ſounded againſt him; The firſt was to hurt only the Revel. 9. 4.Men that were not ſeal'd, of which he was the Prince: the ſecond was upon thoſe who were guilty of Murthers, Sorceries,
Immediately after this Remonſtrance of the Biſhop Gregory, the Biſhop Boniface accepts from the parricidick Emperour
Phocas, this Ʋniverſality: ſo that in his ſenſe,
It is true, the Beaſt had been in his forty two months above a hundred Years; yet, as a Tyrant, prophetically declar'd to be a Tyrant, is not yet ſo in his Infancy or Under-ſtate, no more than Hazael was a Tyrant when Eliſha told him what Kin. 8. 11.Beaſt ſuch a Beaſt while he was under the Inſcription, Is not. So that though he was a Beaſt by way of Succeſſion, and ſome prefalling Star till he now fell, and receiv'd this Key: for the whole Beſtian Body, or Succeſſion, is conſider'd in the whole Beaſt, not in its ſeBeaſt in the prophetick Scheme, in any Age, in any Beſtian Qualities, more or leſs; yea though ſo moderate, as that they ſhould only bear up the Title, and maintain the Succeſſion. And this removes all poſſible Objection; as thus, Was he,
Beaſt ſo long, a Star yet to Fall? You ſee, he might be ſo while he was the Beast; Is not; and yet not a falling Star; for this fall prepar'd his riſing out of the bottomleſs Pit, and ſo to ſhew himſelf a Beaſt, whereas yet he could not appear ſo, but muſt remain in his State,
And though his fall was but to the Earth, yet becauſe inKeys of the Kingdom of Heaven, he pretended to, he had only the Key of the bottomleſs Pit, he is juſtly ſaid to riſe out of it, for that he aſcended, what was it, as the Apodeſcended firſt; Epheſ. 4. 9.deceivableneſs of unrighteouſneſs in them that
I confeſs, The Patriark of Constantinople was the Firſt in this Aſſumption, the Emulation of which mov'd Gregory, it is to be fear'd, as a lower cauſe to ſo high an Exclamation; but though he was Firſt, yet he was not to have the Key of the Abyſs in Supremacy; for Prophecy ſees not as Man ſees by dethat fallen Star alone, who was to have this Key, although the other was a falling Star alſo, and ſpake as a Dragon.
He is then, and he alone, He that hath under Sathan the Key of the bottomleſs Pit, and though an Angel is call'd afterAngel of the bottomleſs Pit, whom we ſhall find in its due place very diverſe from this Star, who may ſeem to have a better right to this Key; we ſhall yet find he was onKing of the Locuſts, under the Title of a Prophet, the falſe Prophet Mahomet, but was not, could not be this
He, that aſcends out of the bottomleſs Pit, is he that open'd it, and let out the Smoke, he opens it, he lets out the Smoke, out of which the Locuſts came, but againſt his own Intention, he intended himſelf to ride in this Cloud, as in an infernal Chariot alone; but with the Smoke
In the mean Time we find, the other Beaſt miniſtring to this delivery of the Key of the bottomleſs Pit, under the decree and judicial Ordination of God. For they made Trial for him, of the Efficacy of the Lamb-like Horns, joyn'd with the draconick Idolatry, and Perſecution, and ſo exercis'd the
And even the Eaſtern Horn that aſpired for it ſelf above this Beaſt, yet by approving the Idea, by making the Experiother Horn leiſure only to be angry at his defeat, while his vain claim juſtifies the thing as lawHigh ſounding Voice of Gregory the Great.
And it is very obſervable, on this very account the Divine Juſtice fell all along ſeverely upon the Eaſtern Empire, and Patriarchate, by the two first woe-Trumpets, eſpecially at the taking of Conſtantinople, and to this day lies heavy upon them: ſo that as the Grecian Emperours gave firſt to the Conſtantinopolitan Patriarch, and then to the
For this Prophecy looks upon both the Eaſtern and Weſtern Hierarchy, as one and the ſame Beast with two Horns, under the ſame grand Beast, and their People, as one Body of Men, Gentiles, Inhabitants of the Antichriſtian Earth, and Sea, and as two Wings of the ſame Eagle. And they all along are both puniſh'd in, and with one another. 'Tis not the leſſer ConPrimacy, or ſome other matters, that can diſſolve the Antichriſtian Ʋnion, wherein this
In the Interim from this very Time we are upon, the Beast, falling as a Star to the Antichriſtian Earth, receives, as Latin, that is, ſtrictly Roman, the Univerſality of both East and West, as was always deſign'd by God to be ſo given or perRome, when all the Rulers of the
And hereby the fallen Star appears to be the ſame Beast that riſes out of the bottomleſs Pit, to war with the Witneſſes; and therefore muſt be the ſame that wars with the Saints, who are the Witneſſes, and who is led captive or taken by the Lamb, and his Army of the faithful and true, and goes into Perdition; that is, is cast into the Lake: and ſo the ſame throughout.
And when he is ſo caſt into the Lake, an Angel of another Character does not fall, but deſcends from Heaven, having the Key of the bottomleſs Pit not judicially given, but comopen the bottomleſs Pit, and let out the Smoak; not to looſe nor draw out at greater liberty, and by provoking God to give the Malice of Devils greater ſcope, by the Angel of that Pit, raging like a roaring Lyon, in a helliſh Mahometaniſm; but to
It remains, that we conſider now, what the Service of the two Witneſſes might at this time moſt agreeably with Prophecy be; and as ſo conſidering it, I look upon this joynt of Time, this Proclamation of the three woe Trumpets, to be the very entrance of the Witneſſes in the ſecond Type of that eminent Binary, or Pair of Witneſſes, and Prophets, Elijah and Eliſha.
The Witneſſes had now a long time, as the Sons of Oyl, emptied their golden Oyl by way of preparatory Furniture of thoſe two golden Candleſticks, the true Churches of Pergamus and Thyatyra, that ſtood, this whole Line of Time, before the God of the whole Earth; and though we have not the clear and unmixed Records of any ſuch Teſtimony; for that were to leſſen the Prophecy; beſides that the Indignation of the
Apoſtate Church muſt needs have ſuppreſs'd them: they muſt needs have ſuffer'd more ſo than under the Injuries of Time: but I ſay it were to leſſen Prophecy, which ſays, They were cover'd with Sackcloth, they were ſeal'd, they were retir'd within the Temple, the Church was in the Wilderneſs through the ſcattering of its Seed. It is not then poſſible, according to the Prophecy, there ſhould be pure, liquid Remains of their Teſtimony.
But now the Antichriſtians, like Sanballat and Tobiah, and other the Enemies of the Jews, diſturb'd their Service, and in building with them hinder'd the Operation, and infus'd their Venome in ſome part into the Writings and Diſcourſes of Perſons of a much more excellent temper in the main.
Now the Witneſſes therefore, as we may in part ſee by Gregory (praiſed before) paſſed into the Spirit and Power of Elijah and Eliſha; they began now to have fire proceed out of their Mouths, to devour their Adverſaries; They began to deIdolatry, and Antichriſtian Pride, and Blaſphemy: And this entred as Fire into the ConEnemies, that in this manner they were kill'd, as it were by the Sword of Chriſt's Mouth, which he threatBalamites in the Church of Pergamus; and herein they imitated the Zeal of Moſes and Phincas againſt the ſpiritual Fornication and
But how can we hope for much of Monument hereof? The Prophecy of Gregory is more than we could expect; and were it not that he ſerv'd the Apoſtacy to many other great purpoſes, we had not had ſo much of him; but God overWitneſſes were coming into the cloſeſt time of being ſeal'd; and therefore we have the mention of it reviv'd within the fifth Trumpet; They were ſed with hidden Manna, They were hardly known one to another at the very Time;
And which is very characteriſtical of this Period of the Witneſſes Prophecy and Teſtimony; They have Power to ſhut Heaven, that it rain not in the Days of their Prophecy; ſo that there ariſes a Famine, not of Bread, but of hearing the Word of the Lord: and this endured for the intimate Time, of which we are to ſpeak in the next Period of the Witneſſes, and the Remark of ſhutting Heaven for three Years and ſix Months will be of great Conduct to us.
I Paſs on from this joynt of Time, engraven with the real and ſubſtantial Characters of the Angel proclaiming the three Woes, the Star falling, the Key of the bottomleſs Pit given to him. All which I have explain'd.
I come now to ſpeak of the Deſcent of this Star to the opening the bottomleſs Pit, and of that Smoak that iſſued out upon it, and the unexpected Events of Locuſts coming out of the Smoak; which produce a new Line of Time beginning at 622, and not ending till 1453; but divided by Prophecy into two parts, the five Months, and five Months of the Locuſts, and the
Antichriſt then appearing in the Star fallen to the Earth to ſhine there, as an univerſal Paſtor, of which ſort the FirmaEarth; and the Beast here tranſmigraDragon, and beginning to exalt the Woman by carrying his
Ʋniverſality in an Image, inſcrib'd with the Name of the
But Sathan above him in this bottomleſs Pit, turning every way, and moving more ways than one to advance his KingSmoke, in that time of ſpiritual drought, and of the Heaven ſhut as Braſs, and the Earth as Iron, a Time ſpecifick for theſe Locuſts as drought is for the natural ones, that unawares to this fallen Star, there comes a ſwarm of Locuſts out of the Smoke, and they prove armed, crowned Locuſts, dreadfully annoying, and Tormenting the Antichriſtian World. viz. by the Mahometan Saracens.
Having thus far then prepar'd to it, I come to the main poſition of this Section, the proof of which I am to underLocuſts are the Mahometan Saracens, whoſe five, and five Months meaſure from 622 to 1057,
The firſt Argument I derive from the Style, in which this
Prophecy ſpeaks of their King. He is the Angel of the bottomleſs Pit, whoſe Name is
Now by this Deſcription it is moſt evident ſome PotentaSathan himſelf, who is the only proper Angel of the bottomleſs Pit, hath, and would chooſe to appear in, be the immediate Intelligence of, and the Spirit that acts it, above any Potentacy, that hath been in the World to this day.
But it is in the firſt place to be conſider'd, that as the Locuſts and
The Potentacy then muſt be a Potentacy on Earth, and it muſt ſeat it ſelf in the Hebrew and Grecian Acropoles, or chief Cities, as the Hebrew and Greek Tongues imports; like as the Inſcription upon our Saviour, This is the King of the Jews, was providentially written in Latin, Greek, and Hebrew, to ſhew the chief Reſidency of his Kingdom, in thoſe ſo known parts of the World.
I appeal then to all Chriſtians, whether ſince the days of Chriſt, or indeed ſince the Creation; there hath been an Emviz. Mahometan, that for the foule, fordid, baſe Impoſtures of its Religion, and Alchoran, the ignorance and bruitiſhneſs of its very Profeſſion, the Cruelty and ravage it hath made upon humane Nature, to the utmoſt ſignification of the Words, Abaddon or Apollion, or wherein Sathan hath moſt immediAngel of the bottomleſs Pit, as its King; with ſuch propriety as the Mahometan; Abating the confeſſion of one God, and the abhorrence of Image-Idolatry, there is not any thing, in which the utmoſt Effects of the Angel of the bottomleſs Pit have not been ſeen; and even that good in that Confeſſion of
The fallen Star, that had the Key of the bottomleſs Pit, who is ſathanick enough, in whom the Dragon alſo inhabits; who hath been bloody to great Extremities, yet is even eſſentially enough diſtinguiſhed from him; He is a Star fallen from another Sphere, deſcends with the Key, and aſcends and lets out the Smoke, but is in regard of the true Religion, he proAntichriſtianiſm, not a Native of the
The Time moſt eminently and illuſtriouſly agrees. For afRoman Weſtern State was in Juſtinians Time ſo wholunenlightned; after the Christian three Woes proclaimed by Pope Gregory the firſt; after
Ʋniverſality given by
This Mahomet upon his Perſecution for his helliſh ImpoMecha, and ſets up for Prophet and King; that flight becomes in the Judgment of God, a faHegira; an Era or Date of Time at Anno Dom. 622. from thence this Prophecy draws a Line, to the taking Conſtantinople 1453. of juſt 830 years, of which allowing
The Symbols or Parables of the Prophecy, and the Parallels of Hiſtory are moſt exact. The Locuſts came out of the Drought and Smoak of the Apoſtacy. Thus Mahometaniſm ſprung, as is obſerv'd, out of the Idleneſs, Stupidity, and Superſtition of Monkery: for Sergius the Monk incubated the Alcoran. Their Power, as the Scorpions of the Earth have Power; their having Stings in their Tails, and their hurting with them, are all ſignificant of their falſe ſerpentine Religifalſe Prophetiſm, which Scripture compares to a Tail. Now the propagation of this their Venome, is the great pretence for their Cruelty, and this envenom'd Syrma of a deviliſh Religion ſtrikes; under, and for the ſake of which, their enſlaving is worſe than Death it ſelf.
Their hurting neither the Graſs of the Earth, nor any green thing nor any Tree, ſpeaks the univerſal Blaſt of the Apoſtacy, and its Drought; that there was no ſuch thing in Appearance to be hurt, the Witneſſes, the Worſhippers, the Servants of God, were all cloſe; The Woman in the Wilderneſs, where the
The Emblems of their Warlikeneſs are very admirable; their Likeneſſes were, as Horſes prepar'd to the Battel; on their Head was the Gliſter of their Helmets, like Crowns of Gold; their Faces as of Men; their Arabian Locks like the Hair of Women; their
The Diſtribution of their dreadful Effects to a five months of Torment upon men, like the ſtroke of a Scorpion, while it was a vexation to underſtand the Report; we ſuppoſe, accorHiſtory, was their firſt invading the World in geneApoſtate Kingdom. The ſwiftLord uttered his Voice before his Army; and that as his
But when this Army drew nearer into Italy, and even to Rome it ſelf, in the ſecond five Months; when it enter'd the very Gates of that great City, they ran up the Walls, and enter'd in at the Windows to pillage and plunder, and were alſo perpetually
It was no wonder then, men ſought for Death, that is, a quiet State, although of being conquered, and in Subjection, and could not find it, it fled from them; for God had deterlingring Torment, and not a ſpeedy Death or Conqueſt over them; and even theſe Locuſts could do no more than what was commanded them and given to them. Now
ſecond Months was more than the first; it was not only to torment with their terrour and report, but to hurt with a real Preſence; but it was only to hurt, and not to kill, (as the Turkiſh Cavalry was to do at Conſtantinople;) ſo they could do no more than
Thus they had five Months, and five Months of Action, eminent grand Action; but ſeeing they had the ſpace of five Months more in their Fourhundred and thirty years, they muſt be ſuppos'd to come out of a firſt Formation, and rude PreTorment and Hurt upon the unſealed, Anticbriſtian, eſpecially Weſtern State: And at their latter end of Power a winterly Torpor and Deadneſs ſeis'd them, and the Turkiſh Power drove them into a deſolate Land, and their ſtink, as of an Army of dead Serpents, came up, that yet in their Time had done great things; and ſo is their Memory at this day. And thus Hiſtory and Prophecy will agree in the account of their Time, at leaſt in relation to the Beſtian Kingdom, beſides ſuppoſable InterEarth of the fallen Star or Antichrist.
The juſt, and natural, enſuing Woe upon this firſt, as cloſe as the two Beſtian Times one to another, and yet diſtinguiſh'd too, under the very ſame Mahometan King, or Angel of the bottomleſs Pit, and in the Entail of the ſame ſerpentine ReliProphecy, whoſe Situation, Connexion, and Sequence one upon another, even as the Hour, Day, Month, and Year, upon their Five Months, Five Months, and their Vacation, or Non-Term of Action, is cloſe and inſeparable: but this will riſe into a farther Obſervation upon that part of the Line; in the mean time, as a ſtrong ſupport, it helps to ſuſtain the Point we are upon.
The very great fitneſs of theſe Locuſts under their King Mahomet, is every way moſt admirable to be a Scourge and
Woe upon the Antichriſtian Empire, and their Months or
Half-Moon to be a portentous Paraſelene or another Moon upon them. They are a mock-ſtate every way to them by the ſevere Vengeance of God; an Antichrist to Antichrist, coming by Sergius the Monk out of their very Smoak, let out by the Key-bearing fallen Star. Their King an Angel of the bottomleſs Pit rivals the Star of the bottomleſs Pit: the Monarchy of the Beast, and his ten Horns, is mated by the Monarchy of this King, and one
Ʋniverſality by the other; the
But the latter is a Judgment, and a Woe-Trumpet on the former, both, as it is Chriſtian in Pretence and Profeſſion, to which Mahomet is a profeſs'd Foe; and, as it is Antichriſtian, Idolatrous, and
Now to ballance theſe two Antichriſtianiſms one with anoSatan in them, it is thus to be ſetSatan is as an Angel of Light, falling from Heaven,
And ſo much for the fifth Trumpet that gives way to the ſixth, even as the Saracenick Caliphate did to the Turkiſh Sultany.
I Cannot move farther upon the Mahometan Time, or from the Fifth to the Sixth Trumpet, until I have conſider'd that famous Number in this Prophecy, Six hundred ſixty ſix, which I have affirm'd to be a Pillar erected within Intimate Time or Seaſon; to which Anterior, outward Time is but an Ante-Room, or Portico.
This appears to us about 103 Years after the Mahometan Hegira, and ſo early within the Period of the Saracens; viz. at 725. According to the order therefore I have propos'd, I muſt ſettle that ſo illuſtrious Notation of Time.
For by it the Divine Prophecy hath girdled this Tree of the ſpiritual Babyloniſh Monarch, and given its meaſure from its Conception to its Akme, its Top, or Height; and from thence till it ſhall be hewed down, although the Stump ſhall continue ſome time after, till it is rooted wholly up, and caſt to the Flames.
It could not riſe higher, although ſince then it hath ſpread its Roots every way to confirm it ſelf, and dilated its Boughs to enlarge its Shade and its Authority.
Now becauſe this Number 666, as it rolls in the whole ſpace of the Apocalyptick Prophecy, is incertain and fugiProphecy deſign'd it. Now to do this, Prophecy it ſelf hath enabled us theſe two ways to take it.
1. It muſt be taken from its Height to its Root, and from its Root back to its Height; and ſo we ſhall certainly find where it riſes to 666, and from whence, and how far it can ſpread.
2. It muſt be endeavour'd by obſerving the prophetical deSeaſon, to make a Judgment where this Pillar of it can be only juſtly, and with due proportion fix'd, ſo as to find from it the whole LongiSeaſon, Seaſons, half Seaſon, as alſo of Time, Times, Half-time, or time at the utmoſt exforty two months. And this by ſolid Reaſons from this Prophecy.
For the firſt Prophecy hath admirably enabled us, and to very great purpoſes, to meaſure from its Height to its Root, by ſhewing us, we are to do ſo according to the general Wiſdom of a man, that is, of a man of Reaſon. It ſtyles this Number the Number of a man.
For as much then, as the numerative Faculty, and the noNumber ſpringing from it, is peculiar to Man, as a Creature of Reaſon, and a Beaſt can be ſuppos'd to have noNumber otherwiſe than men of vulgar Apprecounting of the Beast's Number is call'd Wiſdom; and He that hath that Wiſdom is call'd in a peculiar manner to count it, as by ſtones, the ancient way of numbring;
Number of the Name of the Beast, and the Number of his Time.
As Moſes then was skill'd in all the Learning of the Egyptians, ſo this
And as the Pythagorick Philoſophy found out Proportions by reducing Numbers to their ſquare Root, ſo to adjuſt all things in mathematical Science; and then gave the nature of things in the Hieroglyphick of Number, ſometimes from the CongruiTen was call'd the Number of the World, Four of Juſtice, &c. ſometimes from any chief Action in Time, or Times, of ſuch a numeral Denomination, as the very men
Juſt in the ſame manner Divine Prophecy muſt be ſuppos'd to remand us to the Root of the Beaſts Number, to find both his Name, that is, his Nature, as Name in Scripture ſignifies, and his Times by both the Top and Root of his Number, and what was moſt memorable at each.
Although therefore I ſhall willingly allow any uſe that can be made of the numeral Letters of the Name, ſuppos'd moſt proper to the Beast, as Century, not from the Incarnation, but from the Reſurrection, which will be 1699: yet, becauſe theſe things are too ſlippery and incertain, and may be adapted ſeveral other ways; I lay no ſtreſs upon them: nor do they ſo much re
Agreedly then among all Arithmeticians, the neareſt to the ſquare Root of Six hundred ſixty ſix, is Twenty five, as that excellent Apocalyptical * Arithmetician hath elaboraPotter.
And that this may be better underſtood, and more conNumber Twelve, and 144 conſtructed upon it; the Import of this Number Twelve, is pure Iſraelitiſm, and perfect Apoſtoliſm. It riſes to New Jeruſalem, when that Numcubical, ſolid Perfection; and it riſes evenly and juſtly, till it comes to be not only the meaſure of a Man, but even Angelical and Divine: the meaſure of a Man, that is, of the Angel. Twenty Five is uneven, fractional, out of ſquare, ſur'd, both from Twelve and from it ſelf. Aſſoon as ever it becomes the Baſe, the Root, and pretends to be the Square of another Number, It becomes a Variation from the pure Iſraelitiſm, and the perfect Apoſtolical Doctrine, Worſhip, Diſcipline, and Converſation, and in every Progreſs, as it mounts higher, ſo retaining all along a likeneſs and pretenNumber 666. and is Antichriſtianiſm and Beſtianiſm at the full ſtature or number of a Man in this ſenſe, that is, at manly Age, and fully oppoſes the true Evangelical Meaſures, and comfounds them ſo much the more, as it pretends to them. Till this Time it is trac'd as between 25 and 26. Its ways are till then moveable, and not ſo well to be aſcertain'd and known.
This being ſo far adjuſtable in Nature, is alſo as adjuſtable in Time; for from Twenty five after the Reſurrection, the cerApocalyptick Epoch, it riſes to its Top at 666, from that Twenty five, and then appears at its true Elevation, as we ſhall ſee preſently. Now that it ſo began at Twenty five or ſix, we have a threefold Teſtimony; Of the Apoſtle Paul, that the Myſtery of Iniquity, viz. the Apoſtacy, as a Womb, in which
Man of Sin was curiouſly form'd, as in the lower parts of
the Earth was then at work, that it might bring forth the Man at his full growth, at 666. The Apoſtle John aſſures us, Antichrist was then in the World, and the ſupreme Apocalyptes, Chriſt, tells us,
And it is no wonder, the Man of Sin, beheld by the Apoſtle in Spirit, when no Eye ſaw him in this his
Thus the Number of the Name of the Beast, and the numBeſtianiſm, ſo cloſely related, ſo cloſely joyn'd, as not poſſible they ſhould lead two ſeveral ways, both being the
And by this wonderful Hieroglyphick of Number, God hath ſurpris'd all defence from Antiquity, out of the hand of Antichriſt, that is not built upon his
I come therefore now to the ſecond point, viz. To ſee where this Pillar of intimate Time, this ſix hundred ſixty ſix can be only, duely, and proportionably plac'd; And we ſhall find evidently where it is thus to be plac'd.
That we may then underſtand this, we muſt conſider, that there is in Time, Times, Half Time, an intimate Time or Seaſon ſignified to us 3 ways.
1. By the force of the Words us'd in the Chalde, in the Dan. 7. 25. Dan. 12. 7. Rev. 12. 14.Hebrew and in the Greek Originals to expreſs this Line; It is indicted, appointed Time, or Seaſon, Seaſons, half Seaſon. Now Seaſon is the moſt virtual, lively point of Time; for though all Seaſon muſt have Time to ſupport it, yet Time is only Seaſon to thoſe things, whereunto it is eſpecially apThe Man of Sin is reveal'd three Seaſons and half, in his own Seaſon.
2. The intending and elevation of the Events ſpeak the ſame; for as much as Prophecying in Sackcloth is tranſcended by lying dead, as much as being in the Wilderneſs, ſo as to be hid from the face of the Serpent, exceeds being in the Wilderneſs only in general, as much as
3. The Three times and a half pointing and propending towards, though not rigidly denoting three years and a half, (even as twelve hundred ſixty days do, and as forty two months of Lunar years do) they have two great Paralels; one of Years, the other of Days; and both fitted to the very 1260 days of the Witneſſes.
The firſt of years is that of Elijah, declaring that there Kings, 17. 1.theſe years Rain nor Dew, but according to his Word; Now the Time of this Drought is moſt expreſly afthree years and ſix months; once by Chriſt himſelf, a ſecond Luc. 4. 25. Jam. 5. 17.Apoſtle James.
And yet by the Hiſtory we cannot find, that the Drought was any longer than a part of the three years, and a part of King. 18. 1.ſix months; for it is ſaid, in the third year Elijah appeared to Ahab, and Rain enſued; accounting then from the latter end of the firſt year, to the beginning of the ſix months after two years, there might be no Rain, a part of the firſt year, the whole of the two years, nor till the ſix months began; and yet it might be in the third year, according to preciſe account of years; as may be eaſily underſtood. For there may be three full years within a part of the firſt of the three years, and of the ſix months, viz. the latter part of the firſt year, and the beginning of the laſt ſix Months, comprehending two whole years in the middle.
That of Days is the inſtance of our Lords three days in the heart of the Earth; which by the full evidence of the Evangeliſts, we know, was but a part of the
Now theſe three days both lay as an intimate part of Time within the three full years and half of our Lords Miniſtry; and alſo a part of the three days of his Death, was an intimate Time, within the three days at large of his ſtate of Death or dying.
According then to theſe paralels, but eſpecially that of our Lords three days of Death, to which the Death of the Witneſſes is more eminently paralel'd, we may find the
Obſerving then our Lords three days, we find the half
day of the firſt of the three began early in the Morning, with Proceedings againſt him; which were as Legal, JudiPrieſts and Elders in Council; they had by a private way examined him in the Night; in the Morning as ſoon as it way Day, they held the Council Eccleſiaſtick and proper to themſelves, and condemned him as guilty of Death. About the third Hour they led him to Pilate, that he might be legally and juridically condemned by him, as the Roman Governour, like delivering over to the ſecular Power. At the ſixth hour they began the actual Crucifixion; viz. about twelve; but after the ninth hour, that is, our three in
the Afternoon, our Lord died as a Sacrifice between the two Evenings, and before that day ended, which was the firſt of the three he was laid in the Earth, and there he continued the whole ſecond Night, and the Day following; which was the Jewiſh Sabbath; and till within the Night of the third Day,
This is now the Scripture-ſenſe of the three Days, of our Lords being in the Grave, or Heart of the Earth, and ſo by Proportion we are taught to underſtand the three days and half of the Witneſſes lying dead, viz. a part of each firſt and laſt, and the whole of the middle.
The very preciſe Time of the Night, at which Chriſt aroſe, is not indeed revealed; but it was a part of the Third Day 'ere he roſe. For it is well known, the Night going before,
Creation, made the Jewiſh day; although therefore we know not the very Moment, yet it is moſt agreeable to bePrediction, He aroſe; for early in the Morning, while it was yet dark, the Women comembalm him, found him riſen.
It is very plain then, the intimate time of the dying ſufferings of our
I do not intend to purſue this Paralel too cloſe, or too minutely, nor to rely too hard on Hiſtory, to give the motiProphecy, that there was a ſufficient agreement between that and the Event, at every juſt Time; The Idolatry and Tyranny, or UſurBeaſt was riſen by the Morning of the ſecond 180, of the first 360, about 617, eleven years after the
Ʋniverſality given by
And without laying too much weight upon Particles of Time, it is out of meaſure certain, the Power of the Beaſt, the Idolatry and Tyranny of the Man of Sin, within due diProphecy, and of which Hiſtory near enough to Time, gives ſome very remarkable watch-word, or rather loud Voice, were at an elevation every way adequate to the ſuffering, dying ſtate of the Witneſſes, acPredictions, that went before, concerning both, in this Symbol or Exemplar of that great Proto-Martyr, the chief and ſupream Witneſs, the faithful Martyr, Jeſus Christ, and thoſe Gradations or Steps of his dying, and riſing again, ſo exactly meaſured out in time within his three days, and their three days and a half; abating only for the difference of the Paralels, our Lord was buried, they were not to be ſo, as we ſhall preſently obſerve.
Now for the further proving theſe things, I thus Argue.
Whenever the Beaſts Name, and the number of his Name beReceiving the Name, and the number of the Name began alſo; For theſe are ſo eſſentially joyned together, as not to be divided, and indeed the Name and the Number do not come into Record, but for the receivings ſake of them, and then the Worſhip of the Image, the receiving a Mark in the Forehead, or the
But that one was, viz. the Worſhip of the Image, we have that ſo illuſtrious Icono-Claſtick Hiſtory, at that Time. Now beſides the force of the Alluſion between Worſhip of Images and the worſhipping the Beaſts Image; if we examine it well, we ſhall find both united.
For as in the worſhip of Nebuchadnezzar's Image, to which pattern the Prophecy undoubtedly refers, It ſeems the WorImage made to his Glory, even of that Image he ſaw in a Dream, of which he was the Head of Gold; or however moſt certainly, his univerſal Power, and Monarchy commanding all Nations was celebrated by the Worſhip of the Image, he had made; and therefore the Edict runs in that Imperial Style; Unto you it is
But beſides this, The worſhipping this Image is call'd both by Nebuchadnezzar himſelf, and by the Servants of the true
Dan. 3. 14. 18.God, The ſerving of his Gods.
Even thus, The worſhipping the Image made to the Beaſt was both a Worſhip of the Beaſt as part of that old Image made up of Idolatry and Tyranny, a Worſhip of his Univerſal PowWorſhip of his Gods, repreſented by Images; As worſhipping his Image, in the laſt Time of the fourth Beast or Monarchy, gives ſo ſignificant an Alluſion to the Worſhip of
Images ſet up at that time by his exorbitant Power, in whom the whole Image and Beſtianiſm ſhall periſh.
Of all this Leo Conon Iſaurus, and after him his Son Conſtantine Copronymus, and the Succeſſors of them, from 725 or 726, the Beaſts 666, until the ſecond
And in that theſe Emperours were out of Rome's Dioceſe and Juriſdiction, it was a ſtyle like that,
Ʋnto you it is commanded, O Tongues, People, and Languages. And the Diſ
And if things were thus with ſo great Perſonages as Emperours, how muſt they prevail in general upon
Whenever the Number was compleat, the War ſo often foretold, that the Beast ſhould make with the Witneſſes, with the Seed, with the Saints muſt needs be alſo: for then was the Obligation to worſhip, and to receive a mark, the Name, or the number of the Name, carrying the Nature.
But the 144000 ſealed, who had not defiled themſelves with Women, of a Virgin-worſhip, and obedience to the Lamb, diBeast and his Woman of Fornications, he carThe Seed, who keep the Commandments of God, and hold the Teſtimony of Jeſus; The Saints and Holy Worſhippers in the Temple muſt certainly remonſtrate to this Idolatrous Tyranny, and abominate it: They are thoſe, who neither
Upon this, the Beaſt riſen out of the bottomleſs Pit, who was to make War with all theſe, and into whoſe hand they were given, would in his Rage and his Fury make the War, that was given to him, to make with them.
And by wonderful Providence, without which a Hairfalls not to the ground, The Name of the high Feud in this matter is in all Hiſtorical Records call'd a War; From 725, or 726, or the Beaſts 666, Icono-Machia, or Bellum Iconoclaſticum, The War of deſtroying Images Loade's Hiſtory. And though Leo the Emperour may ſeem to be the Aggreſſor, and to have beWar; yet becauſe the Cauſe on his ſide was juſt, it is in Prophetical Cenſure, the Beast, that made the War, and Leo Canon, is herein a Repreſentative of all the Witneſſes.
Speedily after the War muſt follow the dying of the Witneſſes;
for whenever
And this, according to the known Blaſt of Excommunication, was both a
And when the Beaſt had this Victory, They then cried out, Who is like the Beaſt? Who is able to make War with him?
ſent Gifts one to another, rejoyced, and made merry, becauſe of theſe
But tho' they died, As their Lord did, they could not, as he, be buried: His Death was to be ſo aſſur'd by Burial; but theſe Witneſſes, being a ſucceſſive Body, were to continue dying, and
Till that 1517 then, They lay dead in the Street, or Breadth of that Great City, which extended it ſelf over Nations, Tongues, People, as the old City Rome did. The Sons of the Church-Rome were, as the Burgeſſes and Citizens of that City every where: This ſpiritual Sodom, and Egypt, is for the ſake of this very Type call'd the City where our Lord was crucified, and lay dead, three days as the three Witneſſes three and a half, and is the very ſame City and Church.
But the Nations, Tongues, and People, furniſhing new Succeſſions of them,
And to ſhew when it began, Prophecy, beſides killing, makes uſe of the Propriety of the Interdict, Proſcription, or Outlawry of Excommunication; That none ſhould buy or ſell who did not receive, &c. whether Great, Rich, or Free, pointEmperours, on whom the Interdict ſo conſpicuouſly fell; then on Small, Poor, Bond, ſignifying the univerſal Death of the Witneſſes by the extent of the Nicean Anathema's at 787. All which is ſo clear a notice of the Time, that one would think it impoſſible to be denied.
Now that the Beast might be every way mounted to the height, to compleat his Number 666 at 725 or 26; and that the Divine Prophecy is cautious in not ſetting it too haſtily, may be eaſily believ'd, when we conſider the early aſpirings of the Biſhop of Rome, who before the Year 200, in the ConEaſter, had by Victor, otherwiſe a good man, and Martyr, by way of PreExcommunication of the Eaſtern Churches; or if we conſider what Accounts Ammianus Marcellinus, a grave Heathen HiJulian the Apoſtate, about 360, gives of the State and Grandeur of that Biſhop in his Time; inſoBiſhoprick might be the Reward of his Converſion. And although this Greatneſs muſt needs in the calamitous State of Rome be much depreſs'd; yet it is plain, it waited all opProphecy, the Beaſt was come to his Number at 725.
And to conclude this matter; from all that hath been ſpoNumber, It cannot except by accident predict the end of the Beaſts Time; for however that Denunciation, Revel. 14. 9. intimates the poſſibility of worſhipping the Beast, and his Image, and receiving his Mark; viz. by impeApoſtacy, even after not only his intimate Time expir'd, but even after the end of his 1260
Voice of the Angel; yet it is not to be ſuppos'd, that the Holy Spirit would give the Number of the Name that was to be receiv'd as a Teſt of Subjection to the Beast, as a Hieroglyphick of his End: For what ſervice were it to the Beast, or what diſhonour to Chriſt, to carry the Hieroglyphick of the Time God had determin'd to the Beast's Deſtruction? Seeing the Mark, the Name, the Number of the Name, and of the Beaſt, are, as hath been declar'd, all ſubBeaſt.
When we compare intimate Time in its beginning, and ending with the other Symbol of the Witneſſes ſhutting Heaven, that it ſhould not rain in the days of their Prophecy; it is a very viſible Reſemblance of that Time with the Apoſtacy of the ten Tribes, through the Seduction of Jezebel in the days of Elijah, and of that Drought of three Years and ſix Months at his Word.
As then the Seducements of a ſpiritual Jezebel, that maketh her ſelf a Propheteſs, led away thoſe, that by the ProfeſChrist ſhould be his Servants, to Idolatry and Fornication, even ſo the ſame
But then, as we have ſhewed, Elijah's three Years and ſix Months comprehended ſuch an Intimate Time, that a part of the firſt year, and a part alſo of the laſt ſix months, and the two years whole, comprehended the whole Time.
And thus in the Parallel of the Witneſſes, we may begin the first Year near the Time of the Star falling, when the Heaven became ſhut as to any Rain or Dew of pure Evangelical truth: but we moſt certainly know, that when there was a
Then it was, Thou, O God, didſt ſend a plentiful Rain, whererenew thy Inheritance, when it ſeem'd as it were quite loſt, and become perfect Heath and Wilnerneſs. And had not the Thunders been ſeal'd, the Rain had been by this time as the great Ocean, ſwelling with the Knowledge of the Lord, as the Waters cover the Sea; but at the prefix'd Time, the ſeventh Trumpet ſhall ſound, as the
How much farther this Pillar, erected within Intimate Time, may guide us upon the Periods of Time, remarkable after the Reformation, we ſhall have opportunity to reſearch upon that Juncture, as alſo concerning the due Application of the Number of the Beaſt, upon both that and the next di
I conclude then this great Character of Time, viz. 666. un
By this ſure Word of Prophecy we may ſee the danger of reAntiquity, Antiquity not Cannoniz'd, Antiquity withBeheſts. It would be to repeat over again the ſteps of the Apoſtacy, and to produce the Number of the Beaſt a ſecond Time: it would be no better than Nicodemus's reMothers Womb to be born; from whence he would certainly come with the ſame Corruption, double.
Even ſuch would be the State of Chriſtian Religion, if roll'd back into the ſame Womb of Antiquity, not keeping cloſe to the abſolute meaſure of the Word of Jeſus Chriſt. It would prove a renewed Womb of Apoſtacy; it would grow up to a ſecond Six hundred ſixty ſix.
HAving now ſettled the whole ſpace of Intimate Time, by the number 666, as it reaches from 725, to 1517; and alſo the Times of the first Woe Trumpet by the Reign, and Ravage of the Mahometan Locuſts, or Saracens, I come now to the ſecond Woe, or of the Turkiſh Horſemen, and to obſerve the prophetical Gauge of Time, or that moſt notorious Period, they made by taking Constantinople, ſtyl'd, as we have prov'd, killing the third part of Men at 1453; and ſo to judge of their Gourſe of Time, running down to 1697, which they complete there, with the ending of the Witneſſes 1260
Now that this Trumpet is the Symbol of the Turkiſh Horſemen, I ſhall firſt by the compare of the univerſal Knowledge, (that not only
1. They are deſcrib'd, as four Angels bound in the River Euphrates, that is, according to this myſtick Prophecy, wherein the inviſible angelical Powers repreſented the Powers of this World, as guided and conducted by them, like the Spirit of Ezekiels four living Creatures in the Wheeles of worldly Events Oh Whele, Oh World.
2. A People, they were near the River Euphrates, both in their Original, and their after Potentacy, always ready to overflow, but that they were bound, till their due Time apfour, either as a number of Univerſafour Branches, till the Ottoman ſurmounted them all, and ſtrengthen'd it ſelf in
3. They were looſed at the Voice, that ſounded from the Altar of Incenſe, from the Prayers of the Servants of God worſhiping there while the Gentiles trod the holy Court and City of outward Profeſſion. There was a cry of the ſouls unAltar of Sacrifice in the fifth Seal, while the Church Heatheniſm by Conſtantine; there was much Incenſe offered with the Prayers of all Saints, under the ſeventh Seal, and by Coales taken from the Altar of Incenſe, while the Church was retiring hither, as at its laſt Gaſpes of general Purity the Effect of all was the final DeHeatheniſm by Theodoſius's Victory over Eugenius and
4. The vaſt number of Horſes agrees to the huge numbers, of Horſemen, the Turkiſh Princes have by general Cuſtom brought into the Field, and uſed in all their warlike ExpediProphecy, when it would have any point of Truth, made both moſt certain, and moſt reHorſes in a Viſion, as I heard the number of the ſealed, I John ſaw the New Jeruſalem,
5. Their excellent poliſhed Armor, like Breſt-plates of Jacinct and Fire, or the blue and livid Flame of Brimſtone, Their inſoGrand loquence, Their falſe and ſerpentine tayl'd Religion, or impoſture, which with its Succeſs was become Head of Policy, pretended Argument, and Reaſon of ImpeMouths and Tails they were ſo hurtful; and which is moſt critical of the Time near the taking of Conſtantinople by Mahomet the Great, thoſe Brimſtone, or the ſulphurean Powder, Fire, and Smoak were of ſignal uſe in the taking Conſtantinople, or killing the third of men. All theſe agree.
6. That monumental period it ſelf determines all; for what ſo great, as the final deſolation of the Grecian Imperialiſm, call'd the killing the third part of men.
And herein is the difference moſt remarkable betwixt Caſting Rome, as a
7. Now to all theſe ſo lively Emblems and Pictures of this Ottomanick Power, in which the Turkiſh Dynasties both cenadjust the AſſignatiMahometan Hegira, ſo great a ſpace as 830 years of the 1260; they parallel the days of years, the Month of years, the year of years, us'd in deſcypherBeaſts Tyranny, and are therefore compounded of lunar and ſolar Time, and as in ſignification of the cleaving and parting the Bestian Night-piece, there is moſt of ſolar Time.
The Hour is of moſt particular and ſignal Importance both as it is ſet, as it were on purpoſe, to anſwer the one Hour of the ten Kings receiving Power with the Beaſt; and alſo as an
Hour ſignifying an intire Seaſon at the ſetting out of the Turkiſh Time, and when the
The Hour, the Day, the Month, the Year reaches then to the taking Conſtantinople, and then going on, there remain juſt ſixty years to the Reformation, during which Time God exRepentance of the other, or Weſtern part of the Antichriſtian World upon ſo great a Judgment on that
Immediately after the ſevere cenſure upon the impenitency of the whole Beſtian State, compar'd with the very worſt of the Gentiles in all manner of Idolatry, Sorcery of Seduction, Senſuality, Blood, hateful ſacrilegious Thefts, Cheats, Frauds, and Emunction of mens Eſtates on religious Pretences; on all theſe, I ſay, follows the divine Portraicture of the Reformation under the next Head.
Now the Argument confirming this true Motion of things upon the Line of Time, as hath been ſtated, is very forcible, for it ſhews the deſcent of it ſo many years from that famous date of Mahometaniſm, at 622, ſo often mention'd; and it
Hiſtory, as the Expiration of the Grecian Monarchy; after that, The continuing Impenitency of the
This Impenitency, the very eſſential Character of the Apoſtacy to its final Deſtruction, draws the courſe of Time at this preſent Juncture down to the
The People of God at the beginning of this Trumpet ſeem like the Iſraelites under the Egyptian Slavery, when the Contwo Witneſſes, Moſes and Aaron, appear'd to them; they cry out to Heaven, groaning under their Burdens: And there are many loud Sounds by way of Return from many eminent Servants of God, declaring his Judgments upſpiritual Egypt, and ſmiting it with Plagues in a free pubVials of this Prophecy, to be fulfill'd in their Seaſon; The Mahometan Woes were the first Plagues, and the Vials the laſt: and from this Time eſpecially, the Strokes of theſe Plagues, were as often, as it were, as they would, call'd down firſt by Prayer, and then foretold by the Witneſſes; but much more it ſhall be done, and much more their Duty to do thus in the next State of the Witneſſes within the Reformation, as we ſhall then ſhew.
By all which, by way of Remark, we may ſee, God did not leave himſelf without Witneſs of his dreadful Diſpleaſure upon the Apoſtacy, and Antichriſtianiſm of the Beſtian Earth, and Prince; againſt whom, theſe two Trumpets ſounded; the
Sound and Blaſt till the Tenth of this anathematiz'd City Jericho fall, in the full Revolt of its ten Kings, till the Earthquake ſlay the 7000, and the rest give Glory to God in the Converſion that ſhall be at that time in the midſt of a yet perſevering general Impenitency: and the
And even as the Grecian, Antichriſtian Empire was now deſolated, the third part of men kill'd, and the Imperial Seat turn'd to the Ottoman Port, ſo in a much higher degree of Judgment Babylon ſhall then be burnt with a perpetual burning; and not only the
In the time of the ſecond Trumpet, Rome had been thrown as a burning Mountain into the Sea; where it was not only preſerv'd, but as it were, new caſt for a future Glory under the Beast. But at that time its Smoak ſhall aſcend for ever, and its Glory ſink as a Mill-ſtone, not to be recover'd.
In the third Trumpet many men died, but not ſo many, as to riſe to a third part of men, ſhewing the Imperial Beſtianiſm
Rev. 8. 7.Imperialiſm alive, according to our Explication of the third part.
In this ſixth Trumpet, the third part of men died; the Grecian Empire is irrecoverably ceas'd, but the
And as a Pledge of ſuch a Deſolation, The Grecian Antichriſtianiſm, ſo far as not repented of, ſo far as the Members of the
HAving thus far travers'd this Line of Time, there remains yet the laſt part of it, or the Half Time; very great, and remarkable in its Dawn, but to be much more remarkReformation from 1517 to 1697.
We have found the order in which it hath come on, very clear, brought down by Prophecy, in Symbols ſo juſtly proHiſtory, firſt to the Apoſtacy, and from thence, by as unqueſtionable a Chain of Events, during that Apostacy, as hath been before deſcrib'd, till the Reformation; and now we ſhall find the Reformation, as admirably ſet out, and no other things in the whole courſe of Time, anſwering to each Repreſentation, as thoſe Cardinal Points of History do. What greater DemonProphecy? Since ſuch admirable CorreſpondenApocaliptick Prophecy, ſhould come out by chance into that exact System, wherein we now find them.
I pray therefore which of theſe grand Events can by HiſtoReformation ſo recent and freſh in Hiſtory, and all moſt in Memory at this day; and at this day running on, ſo that the Inſtances of it are moſt notorious, confeſs'd, and even to be admired in the Wonders of Provi
When therefore the Beſtian or Antichriſtian Kingdom was coming ſo near its number, as that the Image of Supremacy had been made to the Beaſt at the 606; confirmed to it, and Life given to it, to ſpeak, and to cauſe, &c. by the Lateran Councel at 649. come to its very
While all theſe things were, the Judgment of God in juſt Degrees and Meaſures purſued with Vengeance this Antichristian Kindom.
Firſt by Mahomets ſetting up his falſe Prophetiſm, as near the Supremacy, given by Phocas, as 622, to 606, by the Locusts or
But the Impenitency ſtill continuing, Chriſt Appears, as it were from Heaven, in the Reformation; and how evident is it, that the Reformation followed on ſuch a ſtate of the Latine, or ſtrictly
1. Let us then conſider the Appearance, as it were of Chriſt from Heaven, againſt this Impenitency. He, the mighty ſuAngel of the divine Preſence comes down from Heaven, though ſitting in Heaven, in his mighty Adminiſtrations.
2. He is cloathed with a Cloud, his Face as the Sun breakCloud, and creating a Bow as in the day of Rain, Theſe Appearances are, as after a Flood, not yet reCovenant, That the Flood ſhould be drawn off, and return no more to cover the Earth.
3. His Feet as Pillars of Fire, ſignifying both the refining and purification of his Servants, as alſo their Vivi Comburin, their Death in the midſt of Flames, as we know how frequent they were at that Time.
He had in his Hand an open Book, the Book of his Kingdom, as if he were now ready to
5. As a ſignal of his unbounded Dominion, He ſets his
Dan. 12. 6.right Foot on the Sea, and his left Foot on the Earth, as from the Sea to the end of the Earth.
6. He cried with a Loud Voice, as when a Lion roars; when he received the Book, He is call'd the Lion of the Tribe of Judah, Then he
7. When he had thus roared, ſeven thunders utter their Voices, as in an Eccho, or reſound of
Now all theſe things were that powerful ſound of the GoſLuther and the firſt Reformers, like the Angels coming down from Heaven, and rouling away the Stone in Preparation of the Lords Reſurrection; This arous'd Matt. 28. 1.Keepers of the Grave were as dead Men, when Chriſt aroſe, and this was more a dreadful ſtroke upon the Beſtian Kingdom, then Mahometaniſm it ſelf. For this was an Arrow levell'd at the Heart of his Kingdom, and declared it to be
But if things had thus gone on, The Kingdom of Christ had long 'ere now appear'd. Let us then conſider the AgreeAntichrist, and the Revelation of his ſupream Dominion.
The firſt Eſtopple on the Kingdom of Chriſt, is the ſealing
of the Thunders the conſtant Symbol of ſome breaking out of Christ's Kingdom; for they were ſuch powerful Voices of Higheſt and moſt Excellent Truth, that if they had been written, as
The clear, ſhrill, and exalted Voice of Divine Truth, is Luc. 17. 24.Lightning that with the Thunder ſhineth from one end of the Heaven, and that ſhineth to the other end of Heaven, and brings forth the Day of the Son of Man; which the AntichriThunder.
But written and ſeal'd are oppos'd in this Prophecy, as imcome to paſs hereafter, are oppos'd one to the other.
There is a Recognition, and Renewal of the Oath of Chriſt,
Time, Times, Half-Time, Dan. 12. 9. Indeed the Front and Aſpect of the Oath there is turn'd another way; for then it was directed upon theſe Times, as to come, and the Oath is, They ſhall be; here it points upon them, as paſt, and Chriſt ſwears, Time ſhall be no more, but till the ſeventh Trumpet, and then all ſhould be finiſh'd, ſpoken by the Prophets of his Kingdom; which is ſuch a Myſtery the World will not believe, however told them. They are angry whenever Christ takes his Power to him, and reigns; and much more angry at Rev. 11. 18.reading,
Prophecy concerning it. But Christ ſwears, There ſhall be no more Time, Or no Kalendar of any Kingdom, but his own at the ſeventh Trumpet; it ſhall then immediateproclaim'd. Till then Time is allowed for the thunders to remain ſeal'd; Then they ſhall be opened, And if the Thunders had not been ſealed before the Oath, the Oath had cut off that Time alſo, but becauſe the half Time cannot be leſs then it ſelf, The Thunders remain ſeal'd, neither more nor leſs than the half Time. So it is not Time, but only a half Time, and a whole Time could be no more.
4. The eating the Book, Its being ſweet in the Mouth, and bitter in the Belly, and prophecying again ſignifie altogether the retirement of Chriſts Kingdom, anew into Prophecy in place of preſent Accompliſhment, and of that Kingdom then appearing.
For therefore was Its ſweet in the Mouth, becauſe the DiſKingdom, as in the Voice of Thunder was exſweet, as importing its preſent Appearance. But the Diſcourſe of it, as matter of Prophecy, and the Re-abſcondBelly was exceeding bitter, as ſignifying its Delay and Secrecy, for longer time yet, as Belly imports ſecretly.
Whereas therefore the Book in regard of the half-ſeaſon ended, was opened, as if then to be accompliſh'd, and the things written in it to be finiſhed, Its remanding into the Belly of the Prophet, concludes its delay, and this
The ſealing then of the Thunders, as alſo the Voice of the Roar of the Lion, by implication, retiring, the Eating of the open Book, or returning it into Prophecy, Argue, It muſt reProphecy, as it had done the whole Time of the Trumpets, after the
And if we look not only into History, but Knowledge, it cannot be denyed, but that the Kingdom of Christ hath not yet appear'd in Glory; The bleſſed Effects of Chriſtian Religion, The great Prophecies concerning thoſe Effects, that even ſwell the Womb of Prophecy, have not yet been brought forth; The Antichriſtianiſm, the Beſtianiſm, the Apostle Paul, the Apoſtle
Peter, the Apoſtle John, eſpecially in his Apocal. deſcribes, hath yet a too ſad Intereſt in the Chriſtian World. Mahometaniſm covers a great part of the habitable Earth, and till very lateChrist's Kingdom to be proclaim'd, near at hand, hath been the Scourge and Terror of Chriſtianity, but more particularly, as according to this Prophecy of the Antichriſtianity of Eaſt and Weſt, and holds a very conſiderable part of the Profeſſion of it under Slavery; Pagaiſm, we know poſſeſſes (except obſtinately blind inJudaniſm) the reſt of the World; All which muſt remove at Chriſt's Kingdom.
And if we conſider the State of Chriſtianity more ReformProphecy; There are very great Parts of the Reformation, that are within the Bowels of the yet Antichriſtian Princes, and ſo
Dition and Kingdom of the Beaſt, when ever it pleaſes God to give ſcope to that Power, They are all manner of ways perſecuted, and harraſs'd, even as the Succeſſion or Church of Thyatyra were to be, and their laſt Works and Sufferings thereby, became more than their Firſt,
Rev. 2. 19. &c.
riſen, and out of Sack-cloth, that they make an appearance of the Witneſſes again ſlain, as in Neighbour Countries of late.
Other Parts of the reform'd Church, have not purſued the true Principles of the Reformation, the Regulation of all Things in Doctrine, Worſhip, Converſation, and Diſcipline, acRule of the Word of God; but that Word in many things is regulated by Antiquity, not conſidering how early the Mystery of Iniquity was at work, and where the Foot of the account of the Beaſt's Number ought to be plac'd even at 25 or 26, from the Reſurrection;
v. 1. &c.
Church of Sardis, affecting too much outward Pomp and Grandieur, are to ſtrengthen the Remainders which are ready to dye, that are to fill up the
The Church of Philadelphia, although in a general Zeal to have a perfect Square with pure Evangelical Truth, be indeed v. 7. &c.
Churches to the New Jeruſalem, which appears in Philadeph. and the Right of a Church, Their Door of the Profeſſion of Chriſt, accordſtrength, outward Power or Glory. Revel. 3. 7. &c.
The Synagogue of Sathan is ready on all Accounts, and at all Advantages to Diſſinagogue them and caſt them out, to conSynagogue muſt be of the Reformed; ſo the naming them Jews imports, as in the Church of Smyrna, Jews ſignified Chriſtians in Profeſſion, but becomGentiles; ſo here it ſignifies Reformed, but ſo far reSmyrna; Not long before the 1260 dark days came in, ſo that though they diſallow the Apoſtacy ſince that time, yet they are ready to Cannonize it ſo far as to that Time it had proceeded, and might if they had Time, find the ſame Path to the ſame End; Yet ſtill they eſcape the Beaſts Number, 666.
Now in regard of all theſe things, it is moſt evident, The Witneſſes muſt be yet in Sack-cloth, but they are, if they are not wanting to their own Priviledges, and Office, like Moſes, and
And this they may do as often as they will, That is, There is abundant Evidence of Prophetick Truth to do it by; There are abundant Promiſes of Acceptance, Favour, and Support in the doing of it; ſo that it is a Remiſneſs of Will, that is, of Zeal not to do it. For Bleſſed is he that heareth, and they that
read the Words of this Prophecy, eſpecially when the Time is ſo near at Hand.
The laſt part of this Time, is the moſt Glorious, becauſe ſeventh Trumpet, and then thoſe great things will come to paſs in Preparation, of which all that was at the beginning of that Time, was but a ſhade and ſem
Then the Spirit of Life, in full and perfect meaſure, ſhall enter into the Witneſſes, and ſet them on their Feet; and great fear ſhall fall on them that ſee them; there will be then ſo wonderful an appearance of divine Power and Judgment; as upon the Apoſtles Doctrine and Miracles in the very firſt Times. Where if things had gone on with the ſame Power from Heaven as at firſt, the Kingdom of Christ had then appear'd, but the
There ſhall be a Voice calling them up to Heaven, and as in the Cloud, wherein Chriſt himſelf aſcended, They ſhall Aſcend, and whereas only the Servants of Chriſt beheld Him, Their
And in the ſame Hour, the Tenth, that is, the Decem Principality of the great City, viz. moſt neceſſarily,
The Aſcent of the Witneſſes into Heaven, I underſtand to be ſome Exemplification on Earth of the Glory, and TriWitneſſes of Christ, that have gone out of the World, ſuffering for Chriſt in any degrees of Martyrdome,
Christ's Kingdom, as undoubtedly, the Saints have on all ſuch Changes, even as the Angels joy in the Repentance of Sinners; As the Saints in Heaven triumph'd at the
And in the ſame Hour oppos'd to the ſame, or one Hour of Ten Kings receiving Power with the Beast, and giving then their Kingdom to him, and therefore comes now into a fit Counter-parallel; There ſhall be an Earth-quake, ſuch a mighty Concuſſion, ſhake and change of the State of the Chriſtian World, that Cities ſhall be removed, as it were, and not be the ſame they were before; That great City, although it ſhall remain on its Heap, yet its tenthly or Ten Kingdom'd-ſtate ſhall utterly fall; ſeven thouſand, not Names only, but Names of Men, ſhall be ſlain; They ſhall be ſlain in their Corrupt Antichriſtian ſtate, and utterly aboliſhed, and an Apocalyptical, Evangelical ſeven ſhall take their Room, ſo that the Suc
Then the ſecond Woe ſhall paſs away, Mahometaniſm, whatWoe of the Chriſtian World, becauſe when Antichriſtianity, the Provocation of ſo great a Judgment is
And this Woe is always to be eſteem'd the Boundary of the 1260 Days for their ending; for till that Woe is paſt, they cannot end; for till then the Witneſſes do not riſe perfectly, nor come out of Sackcloth; till then the Beaſts forty two Months of being a Beſtian Power do not end, nor the 1260 of the Woman in the Wilderneſs; but then they ſhall all end together. Therefore the Craſhings and Smoaking of the Mahometan Mountain at this Time, gives an alarm to the Expe
For, as we may be aſſured, The Reformation, the riſing of the Witneſſes, are not yet at their top, becauſe that Woe is not yet paſs'd; ſo we may be aſſur'd, All the Symbols, and Emblems of the
I muſt rely upon the proof I have already offer'd along this Line; That I have made true motions and progreſſes upon it in Events of ſo great Concernment and univerſal Notoriety to the Chriſtian World, as to be moſt worthy to be the DiſSovereign and Imperial a Prophecy, given by the Prince of the Kings of the Earth, receiv'd from his Father, to ſhew to his Servants; digeſted into a methSymbols, as that they may be found out by them that are ſtirr'd up by God to Read, and ſo propos'd to thoſe whom God enclines to Hear, that Both may come to the Bleſſedneſs promis'd, by underſtanding them aright. Rev. 1. 3.
In compariſon of which Events, and their order and ſeApocalyptical Time, upon which ſome Names, ſo great, that for Reverence I dare not Name, have fallen, are but as Relations fit for private Diſcourſe and unfit for a grave Hiſtory, or like the Deſcription of ſmall Rivers, Hills, or Vills, unworthy the Title of a Geography, and yet ſuch a Prophecy, ſo much below its own Majeſty, do ſuch Interpre
Now according to this ſo illuſtrious, ſo orderly Series of Events, it will eaſily appear, by Reflection on what is writ
The very Time of the Pillar of the Beaſts Number erected, I date to 725 or 26, as the ſolemn Repreſentation of it by the beginning of the Iconoclaſtick War, and ſo of the Beasts War with the Witneſſes. The very Time of the Death of the Witneſſes I date to 787, repreſented by the ſecond Council of Nice, damning all that refus'd to worſhip Images; the one 72 Years before the two Times of 360 Years a-piece; the other only ten Years before. Let us now by proportion of the three Years and a half of Elijah's Drought, and the three days of our Lord's Death, adjuſt the Expiration of the Intimate Time, Times, half a Time; and as near Ten years after the two whole Times of intimate Time expir'd, at 1517; we find the Witneſſes ſtanding on their Feet, ſo eminently, as that they
Thunderbolts of Antichriſtian Excommunication, brutiſh; and
And that ſo ſolemn a Denomination is of no ſmall AcActs 11. 26.
And as the Pillar of Intimate Time was erected at 725 or 26, 71 or 72 Years before the two whole Times; ſo ſeventy one or ſeventy two Years after the two whole Times at 1517, lead us to the famous 1588: from which Time, the most Catholick Kingdoms, ſo call'd, decay'd in Pomp and Reputati
The Diſpoſal of this Time of the Reformation, as it hath been given, is ſo demonſtrative, as not to be avoided; for the Witneſſes Prophecy in Sackcloth 1260 days; Twelve hundred ſixty days, we are aſſur'd are three times and a half at their full extent; for ſo long the Woman is in the Wilderneſs, cothe Witneſſes
So the Half-time is ſecur'd to the Beast in a Party-Kingdom; 1. By
Whoever then knows theſe two Oaths will compare them; whoever compares them will conclude, There muſt have been before the laſt Oath, Time, Times, and ſome part of Half-time, that the first Oath may be true; he will alſo conHalf-time, and not that whole; for there can be only an imperfect Remnant of time after this laſt Oath: elſe, How can this laſt Oath be true?
And yet it is impoſſible any part of the 1260 Days, or three times and a half equal to them, ſhould run beyond the end of the ſixth, or the very entrance of the ſeventh Trumpet; for it is expreſly ſaid, when the Witneſſes aſcended, which they could not do till the end of the 1260 Days Prophecy in Sackcloth, the ſeventh Trumpet immediately ſounded. Thus theſe 1260 Days are every way bounded by the ſeventh Trumpet:
Whither then muſt theſe 1260 days reflow from the ſeventh trumpet beginning to
Turning things thus every way then, we may find, how the order of this Apocalyptical Prophecy lies upon this Line of Time; and how, and with what ſecret Invitations, the ChaLyon, and the Thunders-Voices, at the Reformation to every prophetical Symbol, either of the
1. Firſt then, till after the opening of the Kingdom of Chriſt at the Reformation, it was neither Condecent to the prophetical types of either the dark, obſcure, and conceal'd ſtate of the
2. The Hiſtory of the trumpets, taking in in the ſixth trumpet, the entire Hiſtory of the 1260 Days, goes on to the end of the ſixth trumpet in particular, and of all the trumpets in general, even to the end of the ſeventh; and that grand Scope or Aim in its Eye, the hiſtory of the Witneſſes, comes hereby to be deliver'd whole and entire alſo; as alſo of the Beſtian Kingdom, in one ſummary Platform, very agreeable to the Compoſure of the beſt hiſtories, that delay any prinVVitneſſes, and of the Beſtian Fall, could not have been given as the end of the 1260 Days, if the whole had not been taken and comprehended together; ſeeing till the end of that ſixth trumpet, that end proper to each did not appear; and yet ſomething like it did appear before, at the Reformation.
3. The end of the ſixth trumpets Woe as it joyns the end of the witneſſes Sackcloth, the Fall of the great City, and makes one the Bound to the other, had not been ſet with ſo great adſixth
trumpet; and eſpecially the Reformation, ſingled out, as ſo diſtinct a Time from both the time, and times, or the 1080 of the 1260 Days; and ſo made a half-time, or 180 to it ſelf, glorious in the Beginning, ſeal'd in the Middle, and glorious again in the End, if it had not been thus before the whole 1260 Days, given together.
For either there muſt have been more open and declar'd Diſtributions of the time by it ſelf, of the two times by themhalf-time by it ſelf, than agrees with the admiMyſticneſs of this Prophecy, or elſe the diſtinction could not have been underſtood, nor made out, as now it may.
But the Appearance of Christ, the Lyon roaring, the Thunders proclaiming, What, but Chriſt's Kingdom?
And had there not been a ſealing of the Thunders, and an enBook in the Prophet's Belly, we might have ſuppos'd, Then had been the end of thoſe Days, and the ReformatiChriſt's Kingdom till Eternity. But by both theſe determin'd, before the 1260 Days, or other Characters of Time given, we have a moſt certain Gauge of the
To ſhew now in the ſecond Place how in the juſt order of the Prophecy, each Character or Date of Time may be aſſign'd to each State of the Servants of God, in their Sufferings unBeſtian Kingdom. It may thus be made not only plain and intelligible, but admirably harmonious; and the interweaving of the Prophecy with it ſelf, and with the Prophecy of
After Christ's Claim of his Kingdom at the Reformation as deſcrib'd, Chap. 10. The Viſion of the Temple meaſured, and Witneſſes in Sack-cloth, and dying under the victorious Beast, and ſo
At the ſame Time, and for the ſame Time of 1260 days, the Woman, the Church, after the deliverance from the Pharaoh-like Dragon, goes into the
At the Third Trumpets Complement of Effect, the Imperial Power ceaſing, The
At the Beaſts Number 666. Intimate Time enters, and conWitneſſes three days and a Half, with Womans Time, Times, and half Time; with Daniels Time, Times, half Time, of wearing out the Saints of the most high, and ſcattering the Power of the holy People.
At this Intimate Time, or Hour as it is alſo call'd EmphaTen Kings, as his Horns receive Power with him;
Rev. 17. 2.Dan. and the Revelation; Arm'd with their Power, He commands
Now in each of theſe Particulars, although they are as overflowings of the Prophecy beyond its Conduct of things within the Trumpets, yet it is moſt demonſtrable, They muſt all return within the Trumpets and Time at large begin with the Trumpets, and intimate Time be guided by the Pillar of Time, erected within the fifth Trumpet. For ſeeing the Woman and the Witneſſes 1260 days muſt needs be equal in their Beginning and Ending, and the Beaſts Intimate Time muſt be plac'd, where the Witneſſes Vanquiſhment and Death are, and that theſe muſt be within the Trumpets, nay in that all Time muſt be before the ſeventh Trumpet, and end at it; All Time therefore from thence in account, recoyls backward, ſo as to find room for it ſelf, even to the firſt of the 1260 Days within the firſt Trumpet, which beginning at 437, ends with 42, the Concent of all Periods, at 1697. All which ought to be evinc'd all along, and I do more then hope, hath been ſo evinc'd.
I have already prevented my ſelf in the Remarques of this whole Line, by placing them early in the firſt Views of it, and therefore now make only theſe ſhort ones, as a Conclu
We may be heal'd of any dangerous Wonder, that an
Apoſtacy from Chriſtian Religion, ſo foul and thick, as to need no Confutation of its Figments and Fables, the very Title, his Holineſs, Vicar of Chriſt do ſo loudly proclaim Antichriſt; That ſuch a one hath endur'd ſo long a Time, hath captivated, the
Seeing it is moſt impoſſible Intimate time ſhould return, whatever Sufferings there may be of the Church of Thyatyra, how great, how diſmal ſoever, yet there cannot be a ſlaying of the Witneſſes any more, for Chriſt hath ſworn with the Rainbow
Seeing we are compaſſed about with ſo great a Cloud of Witneſſes,
let us with great Confidence wait, hope, expect, pray for the
THE laſt Line of Time upon the grand Line of Daniel's 2300 Ev. Mor. ſtretches out it ſelf beyond the ſo ofProphetical Line we have been upon; and yet it is moſt juſtly, and according to the Reaſon of the Line to be joyned with it, becauſe the holy Spirit hath in Daniel ſo joyned to 1260, 30 more, making 1290, and then 45, ma
And with great Wiſdom and Deſign they are undoubtedprincipal Line of 2300 Ev. Mor. thus protended; 2. That the managements of Divine Power, as to the Divine Kingdom, are of a diſtinct nature from what they were, any part, even the laſt and beſt part, (that is, the Half-time) of the 1260 Days, or ſince the Reformation, and yet that there is an Agreement too; ſo that the Kingdom is diſtinctly advanc'd in the firſt 30, above the State of it along the Half-time, and ſtill farther and higher advanc'd in the laſt Diſtinction, or the forty five; and yet that the Kingdom does not
Now that theſe Voices and Vials of the ſeventh Trumpet are yet to come, and to come in the Order laid down, and with
1. We may be fully aſſur'd, nothing ſo great, as the ſeven Thunders, could be heard before the Reformation, ſo high, ſo loud for the Kingdom of Christ; ſo they muſt be with the Reformation beginning.
2. There is moſt apparently a ſpace allowed for the Thunders, remaining
3. Nothing ſo eminent ſince the Reformation, as the Fall of the Tenth of the Great City, or the Turkiſh Woe ceaſing, (whatever hopes now appear,) nor of the ſeventh Trumpet ſo cloſely lynck'd with both, hath yet been ſeen.
4. The Oath of Christ, that Time ſhould be no more, canHalf-time after Time, Times, Half-Time, within the ſeventh Trumpet; or indeed, any Time at all, wherein every thing ſhould not be in motion, and zealous of finiſhing the Myſtery of God, and that within ſo ſhort a Time, as 75 Years: ſo that as the Voices and Vials cannot have yet been ſince the Reformation, ſo they cannot take up above 75 Years after it. For to ſhew them quick, they are ſtyl'd Voices, ſoon given, and Vials ſuddenly pour'd out; and what is quicker than the Voice of God's Thunder, than the Spouts and Cataracts of Heaven?
5. If there be ſeven Voices or Thunders, they muſt needs unite with the ſeventh Trumpet, and the ſeven Vials muſt iſſue from the ſeventh Voice, or elſe the admirable Contexture of this Prophecy, its Symmetry, and Harmony, muſt needs be loſt; as therefore the ſeventh Seal comprehends the ſeven
Trumpets, during which the Kingdom remains ſeal'd; even ſo muſt the ſeventh Trumpet, the Voices, and to ſhew the Voices are
6. It is moſt impoſſible the Beſtian or Antichriſtian Power ſhould be in ſuch a State as at this day it is; If the ſeventh Trumpet, with its Voices and Vials, had made their Impreſſi
But becauſe that ſo illuſtrious End of the ſixth Trumpet and the ſeventh Trumpet are to come, and that the ſeventh Trumpet is ſo expreſly ſtyl'd Myſtery, I ſhall with all HumiFall of the Tenth of the City, and the concomitant mighty Works, do not with a great notice of themſelves, only given at the end of the ſixth, iſſue into the ſeventh Trumpet, and ſo are gradually fulfill'd in the Voices and the Vials, and how the Beſtian Power, or the ſpiritual Pharaoh and his Egypt, is ſo much as kept in a State of Being or Exiſtence at all, and ſurvives (as Pharaoh and Egypt of old) under ſuch Voices and Vials to the laſt, or as the City where our Lord was crucified did under ſuch a Miniſtry, and a courſe of Miracles, and Prophecies fulfilling upon it, till deTitus, I confeſs my ſelf unable to account; but muſt leave it to that Time it ſelf, that will be ſo full of Light to explain it.
But that the Prophecy gives us an orderly courſe of ſeven Voices, although, in reverence, as it were, of the Prophecy it ſelf to its own Type of the Thunders once ſeal'd, they and their Order is ſo much cover'd, I ſhall thus argue:
There are in this Apocal. Prophecy, ch. 14. ſeven diſtinct Iſſeven, and moſt undeniably ſo. From hence it appears they concert with all the Apocalyptick Sevens, in which Number the whole Prophecy is all along con
To each of theſe, there is applied either a Voice from Heaven,
a
To ſhew there is a Connexion of the Seven, when there had been no mention of any Angel in the first Voice; yet it is ſaid in the ſecond Voice, Another Angel. Now ſeeing he canAnother with reſpect to any precedent Angel, it muſt undoubtedly be with Relation to the firſt Voice: and thus as there is a Connexion, ſo there is an Order; in the fourth Voice therefore, the Angel is call'd the third Angel, to ſhew there is a deſign'd Order. And as to ſhew the ſame Orfirst Angel was called not the first, but another; and if Another, there muſt be a former; another can't be without a first other; for Another is a ſecond other. So it appears again, there is an order of Voices ſignified in this third Angel but fourth Voice; for the Order is again expreſs'd by Third, a moſt expreſs Note of Order.
The very Importance of each Voice carries a Succeſſion to the Kingdom of Christ; which that we may better underVoice, and Voices, and Thunder in their general Notation in Scripture, ſignifie Doctrine, and an Emanation of Doctrine; ſo John Baptiſt is called a Voice,
two Apoſtles Boanerges, or Sons of Thunder; and eſpecially in this Prophecy, Thunders, and Voices are always big with ſome Appearance of Chriſt's Kingdom; This courſe of Voices muſt therefore be a courſe of Doctrines very proChriſt's Kingdom, and in the two laſt of earneſt Prayers for it, that were returned to (as Chriſt's Prayer, Glorifie
We muſt then enquire from whence theſe Voices riſe and ſpring, and we may find three Origins of them.
1. They riſe from the Church of Philadelphia, whoſe proſeventh Trumpet, as hath been affirmed; And it is ſaid,
2. They ſpring from the ſeven Thunders, that uttered their Voices but, as not in due time to proceed, nor in the order of the Apocal. Sevens, were then ſealed, but are now written. The firſt Voice therefore, as the Voice of Thunder, allies the whole Courſe of them to the Thunders; and the Perſons from whom the Voice of the firſt Thunder proceeds, had the Name of the Lambs Father Written; which Number was firſt under Seal at the Apoſtacy beginning; then they ſhewed themſelves at the Thunders, but immediately were ſeal'd again, and now unſeal'd, and written at the Thunders unſeal'd and written in theſe Voices. So in the fifth Voice, Write. Now Writing in this Prophecy, as contrary to the Sealing, ſignifies an Impreunſealing and writing moſt naturally begin together.
Voices are begotten by the ſeventh Trumpets fruitſound: for tho' there were many Voices and Thundrings before and after, yet none made a courſe of Apocalyptick Sevens but theſe.
I have thus far ſettled this divine Sett of Viſions, or the ſeven Voices, as they conduct the courſe of Time, or the firſt thirty of the ſeventy five Years; which are not indeed numerally given in this
I will not do ſo much injury to ſo divine a Mount of Viſion, as to give an imperfect
This Sett of Voices therefore, is the wide door, and effectual,
Between this, and the following Voice of the Saints Reſurrection, is Recall'd an
Next in order follows the Promulgation of the first Reſurrection ſo nearly approaching, which is not truſted only to a
How glorious, and how terrible, will God be at this Spirit of Chriſt's Mouth, and the Breath and Rod of his Lips? That which is now accounted the Fooliſhneſs of Preaching, and the
I Am now come to the laſt part of the 75 Years, or the 40 of the Vials, at the end of which is Bleſſedneſs; and yet it ſelf is a Time of Trouble, ſuch as never was ſince there was a Nation even to that ſame Time: and it is yet that Time in which ſhall be the Deliverance of Daniel's People, even of found written in the Book.
It is moſt evidently the Time of the courſe of the last Plagues, in which the Wrath of God is fill'd up. But who can declare before-hand his Judgments, that are as the deep Waters? I will therefore warily paſs by the Banks, and remon
And firſt, beſides the contiguous, and even continuous IſVials out of the laſt Voice, we ſhall find the Sword of Chriſt's Mouth fighting against the Balaamites and the Nicolaitans, and the
And yet there is a cloſer Relation this whole Viſion hath, and it is to be found in thoſe very firſt Words of this Viſion, I ſaw another ſign in Heaven, great, and marvellous. This may indeed ſeem to be another ſign, with regard to the preVoices; but becauſe there is a very liveViſion and the Entrance to this, and the beginning of that Viſion was call'd a great ſign, and c 12. v. 1. v. 3. c. 13. ult. c. 14. 1.another ſign, viz. of the Dragon, from whoſe both Hiſtory and Power is deriv'd that of the Beast, that leads to his End, viz. his Captivity and his Armies and Peokill'd with the Sword. The Vials are introduced as another third ſign to that, and conſequently derives it ſelf from the Voices, and the Voices begin at the End of the Type, it is cerAuthority and
That only is to be by no means omitted, or inobſerv'd: Till the ſeventh Trumpet, and its Voices, and Vials, there is no mention of the four living Creatures and the twenty four Elders, nor of the Temple, as opened, but only as ſhut; viz.
Half-time of the Churches Purity ballanced by the Symbol of the third Seal, which ended and the fourth juſt belast Voice of the fourth living Creature, or of any mention of them, but only a farewel mention in the ſixth Seal, as proper to the Time of the ſixth Seal, but as there is grafted on the Appearance of the Kingdom of Chriſt in the Chriſtian Empire as an Emblem of it, a Scheme of the New Jeruſalem: and here, as a Signal of the Calling of the Jews, the Order grows towards an Inverſion, and the Elders are ſet firſt and before the Apoſtolical Church, repreſented by the four living Creatures, and extending it ſelf over the Chriſtian Empire, [as is intended in a future Treatiſe to be more particularly clear'd,] whereas the
But to proceed to a ſummary Enumeration of the Vials, That they are an orderly individed courſe of ſeven Vials, is ſo evident, that I ſhall not offer one Word in Confirmation beyond the moſt viſible Letter of the Prophecy. But the ſenſe and importance of this courſe of Divine Judgments, I conceive ſo heavenly and ſpiritual, as to be impoſſible to be explain'd but by either immediate Revelation, or the nearer Approach of themſelves; only God hath aſſign'd to them 45 Years, and hath given Lineaments of each of them; the Particulars whereof I referr to a farther Diſcuſſion, and preſent only this Breviate of them.
But that we may know, they are not yet begun, whenever they begin they move with ſo ſwift a Courſe, that it is impour'd out.
That Earth out of which Antichriſtianiſm and the Worſhip
Beast riſes, that earthly and ſenſual Religion that is his Foundation, by Divine Judgment upon him, ſends out a poyBoyle upon his Worſhippers; His Foreign Dominion coma Sea, is not only ſtaguated, but corrupts as the
Blood of a dead Man: His inward Fountains of Riches, Power, and
The ſupreme Kingdom and Monarchy of Christ, like the Sun, which Antichrist ſurpris'd, and borrowed from it, as the ſearches him. His Throne of Supremacy is by the Vengeance of God made a Hell of utter Darkneſs to him. And in all theſe He and his Beſtians
I can give no fitter Remark upon ſo unfathomable a courſe Song of Moſes, the Servant of God, at the final Overthrow of the
THE Time of the Duration of the Kingdom, which is the Sabbath of Time, when all Anti-ſabbatical Time ſhall be at an end, and NO MORE, is a thouſand Years.
Now it may be a great doubt, How this Time is to be underſtood, whether literally or myſtically: if literally, How then will it agree with the whole Frame of the Prophecy, which hath very little that is not myſtical, and of a typical Signification, and moſt particularly all the Lines of Time? But if the thouſand Years be myſtical, either they ſhall expreſs no definite Time, or they ſhall, if myſtically multiplied, ſet the State of Eternity at incomputable Diſtances yet from the laſt Time and Ends of the World we are now ſubſiſting upon, contrary to all the Reaſon and Faith of Chriſtians, and the whole Analogy of the Scriptures.
Now that which I would reconcile the Thoughts of all the ſerious Conſiderers of Prophecy in this matter by, is, That here The literal and the myſtical Senſe conſpire, and cloſely embrace one another, The literal 1000 Years compriſes higheſt Myſtery in it; for beſides that in round Number as we compute Time, it comes in as the ſabbatical thouſand, for which I perceive there is a general Favour of all Chriſtians, if not Jews, that have any Eſtimation of myſtick Types of Prophecy. Beſides this, and that, the millenary Number hath great Reputation in Pythagorick myſtick Numbers, as a cubical Number riſing from 10, and filNumber; even as the millenary State is the perfecteſt State of Conformity to the Law of Creation, given by God in the 10 Words we call the Decalogue, in which Sabbatiſm hath ſo great Place and Reaſon. It is alſo the Time, wherein Sathan is bound, chain'd, and ſeal'd up; the Sanctuary is cleans'd, in the other New Jeruſalem. Beſides all this, It is the great Emblem God hath choſen to repreſent his own and his Servants bleſſed Eternity in. This thouſand Years is as one day to him, to repreſent his and his
Page 90.Rome's dark State in the fourth Trumviz. in the univerſal Paſtorſhip by Phocas, and the Miniſtry of the other Beaſt to him herein, and the State of the Witneſſes are alſo deRevel. c. 8. v. 12. &c. c. 9. v. 1. &c. Page 114.Saracens are the Locuſts deſign'd in the fifth Apocalyptical Trumpet, and that the 25 Months given to them comprehend 435 Years from the Mahometan Hegire at 622, and ſo reach Rev. c. 9. v. 1. &c. Page 124.Rev. 13. v. 15, 16, 17, 18. Page 132.Conſtantinople, and by proportion to the ReRevel. 9. 12, 13, 14, &c. Page 149.Rev. c. 10. Page 155.Apoc. c. 14. Page 177.Page 185.Page 189.